]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blob - gas/config/tc-hppa.c
projects / thirdparty / binutils-gdb.git / blob
? search:
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
blame | history | raw | HEAD
For SOM, don't force relocs on out-of-range 12 bit branches.
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / config / tc-hppa.c
1 /* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
6
7 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
19 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
20 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22 /* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
23 at the University of Utah. */
24
25 #include <stdio.h>
26 #include <ctype.h>
27
28 #include "as.h"
29 #include "subsegs.h"
30
31 #include "bfd/libhppa.h"
32
33 /* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
34 #include "opcode/hppa.h"
35
36 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
37 error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
38 #endif
39
40 /* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
41 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
42 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
43 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
44 #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
45 struct dwarf2_line_info debug_line;
46
47 /* A "convient" place to put object file dependencies which do
48 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
49
50 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
51 typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
52
53 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
54 typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
55 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
56 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
57
58 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
59 /* How to generate a relocation. */
60 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
61 #else
62 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
63 #endif
64
65 /* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
66 to store a copyright string. */
67 #define obj_version obj_elf_version
68 #define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
69
70 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
71 #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
72
73 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
74 /* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
75 #define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
76 #define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
77 #define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
78 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
79
80 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
81 typedef int reloc_type;
82
83 /* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
84 #define obj_version obj_som_version
85 #define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
86
87 /* How to generate a relocation. */
88 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
89
90 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
91 typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
92 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
93 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
94
95 /* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
96 #ifndef R_DLT_REL
97 #define R_DLT_REL 0x78
98 #endif
99
100 #ifndef R_N0SEL
101 #define R_N0SEL 0xd8
102 #endif
103
104 #ifndef R_N1SEL
105 #define R_N1SEL 0xd9
106 #endif
107 #endif /* OBJ_SOM */
108
109 /* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
110
111 /* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
112
113 struct unwind_desc
114 {
115 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
116 unsigned int millicode:1;
117 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
118 unsigned int region_desc:2;
119 unsigned int save_sr:2;
120 unsigned int entry_fr:4;
121 unsigned int entry_gr:5;
122 unsigned int args_stored:1;
123 unsigned int call_fr:5;
124 unsigned int call_gr:5;
125 unsigned int save_sp:1;
126 unsigned int save_rp:1;
127 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
128 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
129 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
130
131 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
132 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
133 unsigned int reserved:3;
134 unsigned int frame_size:27;
135 };
136
137 struct unwind_table
138 {
139 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
140 descriptor. */
141 unsigned int start_offset;
142 unsigned int end_offset;
143 struct unwind_desc descriptor;
144 };
145
146 /* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
147 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
148 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
149
150 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
151 prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
152
153 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
154 .callinfo pseudo-op. */
155
156 struct call_info
157 {
158 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */
159 struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
160
161 /* Name of this function. */
162 symbolS *start_symbol;
163
164 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
165 symbolS *end_symbol;
166
167 /* Next entry in the chain. */
168 struct call_info *ci_next;
169 };
170
171 /* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
172 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
173 SGL and DBL). */
174 typedef enum
175 {
176 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
177 }
178 fp_operand_format;
179
180 /* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
181 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
182 (ELF has no need for it). */
183 typedef enum
184 {
185 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
186 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
187 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
188 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
189 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
190 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
191 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
192 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
193 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
194 }
195 pa_symbol_type;
196
197 /* This structure contains information needed to assemble
198 individual instructions. */
199 struct pa_it
200 {
201 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
202 unsigned long opcode;
203
204 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
205 expressionS exp;
206
207 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
208 int pcrel;
209
210 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
211 fp_operand_format fpof1;
212 fp_operand_format fpof2;
213
214 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
215 int trunc;
216
217 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction
218 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */
219 long field_selector;
220
221 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
222 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
223 unsigned int arg_reloc;
224
225 /* The format specification for this instruction. */
226 int format;
227
228 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
229 reloc_type reloc;
230 };
231
232 /* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
233
234 +--------------+--------------+
235 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
236 +--------------+--------------+
237 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
238 +--------------+--------------+
239 | | |
240
241 . . .
242 . . .
243 . . .
244
245 | | |
246 +--------------+--------------+
247 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
248 +--------------+--------------+
249 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
250 +--------------+--------------+ */
251
252 /* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
253 struct call_desc
254 {
255 /* The argument relocation specification. */
256 unsigned int arg_reloc;
257
258 /* Number of arguments. */
259 unsigned int arg_count;
260 };
261
262 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
263 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
264 chain. */
265
266 struct subspace_dictionary_chain
267 {
268 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
269 unsigned int ssd_defined;
270
271 /* Name of this subspace. */
272 char *ssd_name;
273
274 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
275 asection *ssd_seg;
276 int ssd_subseg;
277
278 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
279 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
280 };
281
282 typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
283
284 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
285 chain. */
286
287 struct space_dictionary_chain
288 {
289 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
290 as a default space. */
291 unsigned int sd_defined;
292
293 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
294 unsigned int sd_user_defined;
295
296 /* The space number (or index). */
297 unsigned int sd_spnum;
298
299 /* The name of this subspace. */
300 char *sd_name;
301
302 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
303 asection *sd_seg;
304
305 /* Current subsegment number being used. */
306 int sd_last_subseg;
307
308 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
309 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
310
311 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
312 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
313 };
314
315 typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
316
317 /* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
318 dictionary entries. */
319
320 struct default_subspace_dict
321 {
322 /* Name of the subspace. */
323 char *name;
324
325 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
326 char defined;
327
328 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
329 char loadable;
330
331 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
332 char code_only;
333
334 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
335 char common;
336
337 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
338 to be multiply defined. */
339 char dup_common;
340
341 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
342 char zero;
343
344 /* Sort key for this subspace. */
345 unsigned char sort;
346
347 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
348 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
349 int access;
350
351 /* Index of containing space. */
352 int space_index;
353
354 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
355 int alignment;
356
357 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
358 int quadrant;
359
360 /* An index into the default spaces array. */
361 int def_space_index;
362
363 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
364 subsegT subsegment;
365 };
366
367 /* This structure defines attributes of the default space
368 dictionary entries. */
369
370 struct default_space_dict
371 {
372 /* Name of the space. */
373 char *name;
374
375 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
376 assembly code numerically! */
377 int spnum;
378
379 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
380 char loadable;
381
382 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
383 char defined;
384
385 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
386 char private;
387
388 /* Sort key for this space. */
389 unsigned char sort;
390
391 /* Segment associated with this space. */
392 asection *segment;
393 };
394 #endif
395
396 /* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
397 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
398 label. */
399 typedef struct label_symbol_struct
400 {
401 struct symbol *lss_label;
402 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
403 sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
404 #endif
405 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
406 segT lss_segment;
407 #endif
408 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
409 }
410 label_symbol_struct;
411
412 /* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
413 struct hppa_fix_struct
414 {
415 /* The field selector. */
416 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
417
418 /* Type of fixup. */
419 int fx_r_type;
420
421 /* Format of fixup. */
422 int fx_r_format;
423
424 /* Argument relocation bits. */
425 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
426
427 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */
428 segT segment;
429 };
430
431 /* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
432
433 struct pd_reg
434 {
435 char *name;
436 int value;
437 };
438
439 /* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
440 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
441 struct fp_cond_map
442 {
443 char *string;
444 int cond;
445 };
446
447 /* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
448 string to a field selector type. */
449 struct selector_entry
450 {
451 char *prefix;
452 int field_selector;
453 };
454
455 /* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
456
457 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
458 static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace PARAMS ((void));
459 #endif
460
461 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
462 static void pa_text PARAMS ((int));
463 static void pa_data PARAMS ((int));
464 static void pa_comm PARAMS ((int));
465 #endif
466 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_format PARAMS ((char **s));
467 static void pa_cons PARAMS ((int));
468 static void pa_float_cons PARAMS ((int));
469 static void pa_fill PARAMS ((int));
470 static void pa_lcomm PARAMS ((int));
471 static void pa_lsym PARAMS ((int));
472 static void pa_stringer PARAMS ((int));
473 static void pa_version PARAMS ((int));
474 static int pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond PARAMS ((char **));
475 static int get_expression PARAMS ((char *));
476 static int pa_get_absolute_expression PARAMS ((struct pa_it *, char **));
477 static int evaluate_absolute PARAMS ((struct pa_it *));
478 static unsigned int pa_build_arg_reloc PARAMS ((char *));
479 static unsigned int pa_align_arg_reloc PARAMS ((unsigned int, unsigned int));
480 static int pa_parse_nullif PARAMS ((char **));
481 static int pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
482 static int pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
483 static int pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
484 static int pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
485 static int pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
486 static int pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
487 static int pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
488 static void pa_block PARAMS ((int));
489 static void pa_brtab PARAMS ((int));
490 static void pa_try PARAMS ((int));
491 static void pa_call PARAMS ((int));
492 static void pa_call_args PARAMS ((struct call_desc *));
493 static void pa_callinfo PARAMS ((int));
494 static void pa_copyright PARAMS ((int));
495 static void pa_end PARAMS ((int));
496 static void pa_enter PARAMS ((int));
497 static void pa_entry PARAMS ((int));
498 static void pa_equ PARAMS ((int));
499 static void pa_exit PARAMS ((int));
500 static void pa_export PARAMS ((int));
501 static void pa_type_args PARAMS ((symbolS *, int));
502 static void pa_import PARAMS ((int));
503 static void pa_label PARAMS ((int));
504 static void pa_leave PARAMS ((int));
505 static void pa_level PARAMS ((int));
506 static void pa_origin PARAMS ((int));
507 static void pa_proc PARAMS ((int));
508 static void pa_procend PARAMS ((int));
509 static void pa_param PARAMS ((int));
510 static void pa_undefine_label PARAMS ((void));
511 static int need_pa11_opcode PARAMS ((void));
512 static int pa_parse_number PARAMS ((char **, int));
513 static label_symbol_struct *pa_get_label PARAMS ((void));
514 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
515 static int log2 PARAMS ((int));
516 static void pa_compiler PARAMS ((int));
517 static void pa_align PARAMS ((int));
518 static void pa_space PARAMS ((int));
519 static void pa_spnum PARAMS ((int));
520 static void pa_subspace PARAMS ((int));
521 static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space PARAMS ((char *, int, int,
522 int, int, int,
523 asection *, int));
524 static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
525 char *, int, int,
526 int, int, int,
527 int, int, int, int,
528 int, asection *));
529 static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
530 char *, int, int, int,
531 int, int, int, int,
532 int, int, int,
533 asection *));
534 static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space PARAMS ((char *));
535 static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace PARAMS ((char *));
536 static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space PARAMS ((asection *));
537 static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace PARAMS ((asection *,
538 subsegT));
539 static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number PARAMS ((int));
540 static unsigned int pa_subspace_start PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *, int));
541 static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt PARAMS ((char *, int));
542 static int pa_next_subseg PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *));
543 static void pa_spaces_begin PARAMS ((void));
544 #endif
545 static void pa_ip PARAMS ((char *));
546 static void fix_new_hppa PARAMS ((fragS *, int, int, symbolS *,
547 offsetT, expressionS *, int,
548 bfd_reloc_code_real_type,
549 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt,
550 int, unsigned int, int *));
551 static int is_end_of_statement PARAMS ((void));
552 static int reg_name_search PARAMS ((char *));
553 static int pa_chk_field_selector PARAMS ((char **));
554 static int is_same_frag PARAMS ((fragS *, fragS *));
555 static void process_exit PARAMS ((void));
556 static unsigned int pa_stringer_aux PARAMS ((char *));
557 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_cnv_format PARAMS ((char **s));
558 static int pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer PARAMS ((char **));
559
560 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
561 static void hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function PARAMS ((void));
562 static void pa_build_unwind_subspace PARAMS ((struct call_info *));
563 static void pa_vtable_entry PARAMS ((int));
564 static void pa_vtable_inherit PARAMS ((int));
565 #endif
566
567 /* File and gloally scoped variable declarations. */
568
569 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
570 /* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
571 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
572 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
573
574 /* The current space and subspace. */
575 static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
576 static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
577 #endif
578
579 /* Root of the call_info chain. */
580 static struct call_info *call_info_root;
581
582 /* The last call_info (for functions) structure
583 seen so it can be associated with fixups and
584 function labels. */
585 static struct call_info *last_call_info;
586
587 /* The last call description (for actual calls). */
588 static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
589
590 /* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
591 static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
592
593 /* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
594 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
595 dependent tables? */
596 const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
597 {
598 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
599 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
600 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
601 {"align", pa_align, 8},
602 #endif
603 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
604 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
605 #endif
606 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
607 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
608 {"block", pa_block, 1},
609 {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
610 {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
611 {"call", pa_call, 0},
612 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
613 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX)
614 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
615 #else
616 {"code", pa_text, 0},
617 {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
618 #endif
619 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
620 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
621 #endif
622 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
623 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
624 {"data", pa_data, 0},
625 #endif
626 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
627 {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
628 {"end", pa_end, 0},
629 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
630 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
631 {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
632 #endif
633 {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
634 {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
635 {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
636 {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
637 {"export", pa_export, 0},
638 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
639 {"file", dwarf2_directive_file, 0 },
640 #endif
641 {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
642 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
643 {"half", pa_cons, 2},
644 {"import", pa_import, 0},
645 {"int", pa_cons, 4},
646 {"label", pa_label, 0},
647 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
648 {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
649 {"level", pa_level, 0},
650 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
651 {"loc", dwarf2_directive_loc, 0 },
652 #endif
653 {"long", pa_cons, 4},
654 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
655 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
656 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
657 #endif
658 {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
659 {"org", pa_origin, 0},
660 {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
661 {"param", pa_param, 0},
662 {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
663 {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
664 {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
665 {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
666 {"short", pa_cons, 2},
667 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
668 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
669 {"space", pa_space, 0},
670 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
671 #endif
672 {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
673 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
674 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
675 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
676 #endif
677 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
678 {"text", pa_text, 0},
679 #endif
680 {"version", pa_version, 0},
681 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
682 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
683 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
684 #endif
685 {"word", pa_cons, 4},
686 {NULL, 0, 0}
687 };
688
689 /* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
690 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
691 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
692
693 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
694 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
695 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
696
697 Also note that C style comments will always work. */
698 const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
699
700 /* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
701 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
702 const char comment_chars[] = ";";
703
704 /* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
705 const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
706
707 /* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
708 const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
709
710 /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
711 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
712
713 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
714 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't hae to know abou it at
715 all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
716 const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
717
718 static struct pa_it the_insn;
719
720 /* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expressoin
721 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
722 variable. */
723 static char *expr_end;
724
725 /* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
726 static int callinfo_found;
727
728 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
729 static int within_entry_exit;
730
731 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
732 static int within_procedure;
733
734 /* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
735 seen in each subspace. */
736 static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
737
738 /* Holds the last field selector. */
739 static int hppa_field_selector;
740
741 /* Nonzero when strict syntax checking is enabled. Zero otherwise.
742
743 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or not
744 strict syntax checking should be enabled for that instruction. */
745 static int strict = 0;
746
747 /* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
748 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
749 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
750 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
751 register has a `r' suffix. */
752 #define FP_REG_BASE 64
753 #define FP_REG_RSEL 128
754 static int pa_number;
755
756 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
757 /* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
758 static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
759 #endif
760
761 /* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
762 static int print_errors = 1;
763
764 /* List of registers that are pre-defined:
765
766 Each general register has one predefined name of the form
767 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
768
769 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
770 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
771
772 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
773 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
774 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
775 again have the value <REGNUM>.
776
777 Many registers also have synonyms:
778
779 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
780 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
781 %r30 has %sp as a synonym
782 %r27 has %dp as a synonym
783 %r2 has %rp as a synonym
784
785 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
786 here for brevity.
787
788 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
789
790 static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
791 {
792 {"%arg0", 26},
793 {"%arg1", 25},
794 {"%arg2", 24},
795 {"%arg3", 23},
796 {"%cr0", 0},
797 {"%cr10", 10},
798 {"%cr11", 11},
799 {"%cr12", 12},
800 {"%cr13", 13},
801 {"%cr14", 14},
802 {"%cr15", 15},
803 {"%cr16", 16},
804 {"%cr17", 17},
805 {"%cr18", 18},
806 {"%cr19", 19},
807 {"%cr20", 20},
808 {"%cr21", 21},
809 {"%cr22", 22},
810 {"%cr23", 23},
811 {"%cr24", 24},
812 {"%cr25", 25},
813 {"%cr26", 26},
814 {"%cr27", 27},
815 {"%cr28", 28},
816 {"%cr29", 29},
817 {"%cr30", 30},
818 {"%cr31", 31},
819 {"%cr8", 8},
820 {"%cr9", 9},
821 {"%dp", 27},
822 {"%eiem", 15},
823 {"%eirr", 23},
824 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
825 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
826 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
827 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
828 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
829 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
830 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
831 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
832 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
833 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
834 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
835 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
836 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
837 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
838 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
839 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
840 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
841 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
842 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
843 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
844 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
845 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
846 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
847 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
848 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
849 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
850 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
851 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
852 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
853 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
854 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
855 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
856 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
857 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
858 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
859 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
860 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
861 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
862 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
863 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
864 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
865 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
866 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
867 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
868 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
869 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
870 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
871 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
872 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
873 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
874 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
875 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
876 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
877 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
878 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
879 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
880 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
881 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
882 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
883 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
884 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
885 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
886 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
887 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
888 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
889 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
890 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
891 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
892 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
893 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
894 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
895 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
896 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
897 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
898 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
899 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
900 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
901 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
902 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
903 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
904 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
905 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
906 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
907 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
908 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
909 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
910 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
911 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
912 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
913 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
914 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
915 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
916 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
917 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
918 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
919 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
920 {"%hta", 25},
921 {"%iir", 19},
922 {"%ior", 21},
923 {"%ipsw", 22},
924 {"%isr", 20},
925 {"%itmr", 16},
926 {"%iva", 14},
927 {"%pcoq", 18},
928 {"%pcsq", 17},
929 {"%pidr1", 8},
930 {"%pidr2", 9},
931 {"%pidr3", 12},
932 {"%pidr4", 13},
933 {"%ppda", 24},
934 {"%r0", 0},
935 {"%r1", 1},
936 {"%r10", 10},
937 {"%r11", 11},
938 {"%r12", 12},
939 {"%r13", 13},
940 {"%r14", 14},
941 {"%r15", 15},
942 {"%r16", 16},
943 {"%r17", 17},
944 {"%r18", 18},
945 {"%r19", 19},
946 {"%r2", 2},
947 {"%r20", 20},
948 {"%r21", 21},
949 {"%r22", 22},
950 {"%r23", 23},
951 {"%r24", 24},
952 {"%r25", 25},
953 {"%r26", 26},
954 {"%r27", 27},
955 {"%r28", 28},
956 {"%r29", 29},
957 {"%r3", 3},
958 {"%r30", 30},
959 {"%r31", 31},
960 {"%r4", 4},
961 {"%r5", 5},
962 {"%r6", 6},
963 {"%r7", 7},
964 {"%r8", 8},
965 {"%r9", 9},
966 {"%rctr", 0},
967 {"%ret0", 28},
968 {"%ret1", 29},
969 {"%rp", 2},
970 {"%sar", 11},
971 {"%sp", 30},
972 {"%sr0", 0},
973 {"%sr1", 1},
974 {"%sr2", 2},
975 {"%sr3", 3},
976 {"%sr4", 4},
977 {"%sr5", 5},
978 {"%sr6", 6},
979 {"%sr7", 7},
980 {"%tr0", 24},
981 {"%tr1", 25},
982 {"%tr2", 26},
983 {"%tr3", 27},
984 {"%tr4", 28},
985 {"%tr5", 29},
986 {"%tr6", 30},
987 {"%tr7", 31}
988 };
989
990 /* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
991 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
992 for < first, we would get a false match. */
993 static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
994 {
995 {"false?", 0},
996 {"false", 1},
997 {"true?", 30},
998 {"true", 31},
999 {"!<=>", 3},
1000 {"!?>=", 8},
1001 {"!?<=", 16},
1002 {"!<>", 7},
1003 {"!>=", 11},
1004 {"!?>", 12},
1005 {"?<=", 14},
1006 {"!<=", 19},
1007 {"!?<", 20},
1008 {"?>=", 22},
1009 {"!?=", 24},
1010 {"!=t", 27},
1011 {"<=>", 29},
1012 {"=t", 5},
1013 {"?=", 6},
1014 {"?<", 10},
1015 {"<=", 13},
1016 {"!>", 15},
1017 {"?>", 18},
1018 {">=", 21},
1019 {"!<", 23},
1020 {"<>", 25},
1021 {"!=", 26},
1022 {"!?", 28},
1023 {"?", 2},
1024 {"=", 4},
1025 {"<", 9},
1026 {">", 17}
1027 };
1028
1029 static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
1030 {
1031 {"f", e_fsel},
1032 {"l", e_lsel},
1033 {"ld", e_ldsel},
1034 {"lp", e_lpsel},
1035 {"lr", e_lrsel},
1036 {"ls", e_lssel},
1037 {"lt", e_ltsel},
1038 {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
1039 {"n", e_nsel},
1040 {"nl", e_nlsel},
1041 {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
1042 {"p", e_psel},
1043 {"r", e_rsel},
1044 {"rd", e_rdsel},
1045 {"rp", e_rpsel},
1046 {"rr", e_rrsel},
1047 {"rs", e_rssel},
1048 {"rt", e_rtsel},
1049 {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
1050 {"t", e_tsel},
1051 };
1052
1053 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1054 /* default space and subspace dictionaries */
1055
1056 #define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1057 #define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1058
1059 /* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
1060 #define SUBSEG_CODE 0
1061 #define SUBSEG_LIT 1
1062 #define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
1063 #define SUBSEG_DATA 0
1064 #define SUBSEG_BSS 2
1065 #define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
1066 #define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
1067 #define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
1068
1069 static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
1070 {
1071 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
1072 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
1073 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
1074 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
1075 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
1076 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
1077 };
1078
1079 static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
1080 {
1081 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
1082 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
1083 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
1084 };
1085
1086 /* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
1087
1088 /* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
1089 #define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
1090 #define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
1091 #define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
1092 #define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
1093
1094 #define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
1095 #define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
1096 #endif
1097
1098 /* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
1099 a right or left half of a FP register */
1100 #define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
1101 #define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
1102
1103 /* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
1104 main loop after insertion. */
1105
1106 #define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
1107 { \
1108 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
1109 continue; \
1110 }
1111
1112 /* Simple range checking for FIELD againt HIGH and LOW bounds.
1113 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1114
1115 #define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
1116 { \
1117 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1118 { \
1119 if (! IGNORE) \
1120 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1121 (int) (FIELD));\
1122 break; \
1123 } \
1124 }
1125
1126 /* Simple alignment checking for FIELD againt ALIGN (a power of two).
1127 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1128
1129 #define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
1130 { \
1131 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
1132 { \
1133 if (! IGNORE) \
1134 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
1135 (int) (FIELD));\
1136 break; \
1137 } \
1138 }
1139
1140 #define is_DP_relative(exp) \
1141 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1142 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
1143
1144 #define is_PC_relative(exp) \
1145 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1146 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
1147
1148 /* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
1149 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
1150 need real complex handling yet. */
1151 #define is_complex(exp) \
1152 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
1153
1154 /* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
1155
1156 /* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
1157 proc/procend pairs match. */
1158
1159 void
1160 pa_check_eof ()
1161 {
1162 if (within_entry_exit)
1163 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
1164
1165 if (within_procedure)
1166 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
1167 }
1168
1169 /* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
1170 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
1171
1172 static label_symbol_struct *
1173 pa_get_label ()
1174 {
1175 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1176
1177 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1178 label_chain;
1179 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1180 {
1181 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1182 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
1183 return label_chain;
1184 #endif
1185 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1186 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
1187 return label_chain;
1188 #endif
1189 }
1190
1191 return NULL;
1192 }
1193
1194 /* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
1195 this function will replace it with the new label. */
1196
1197 void
1198 pa_define_label (symbol)
1199 symbolS *symbol;
1200 {
1201 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = pa_get_label ();
1202
1203 if (label_chain)
1204 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1205 else
1206 {
1207 /* Create a new label entry and add it to the head of the chain. */
1208 label_chain
1209 = (label_symbol_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct));
1210 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1211 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1212 label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
1213 #endif
1214 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1215 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
1216 #endif
1217 label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
1218
1219 if (label_symbols_rootp)
1220 label_chain->lss_next = label_symbols_rootp;
1221
1222 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
1223 }
1224 }
1225
1226 /* Removes a label definition for the current space.
1227 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
1228
1229 static void
1230 pa_undefine_label ()
1231 {
1232 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1233 label_symbol_struct *prev_label_chain = NULL;
1234
1235 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1236 label_chain;
1237 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1238 {
1239 if (1
1240 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1241 && current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label
1242 #endif
1243 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1244 && now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label
1245 #endif
1246 )
1247 {
1248 /* Remove the label from the chain and free its memory. */
1249 if (prev_label_chain)
1250 prev_label_chain->lss_next = label_chain->lss_next;
1251 else
1252 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain->lss_next;
1253
1254 free (label_chain);
1255 break;
1256 }
1257 prev_label_chain = label_chain;
1258 }
1259 }
1260
1261 /* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
1262 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
1263 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
1264 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
1265 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
1266 tc_fix_data field. */
1267
1268 static void
1269 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, exp, pcrel,
1270 r_type, r_field, r_format, arg_reloc, unwind_bits)
1271 fragS *frag;
1272 int where;
1273 int size;
1274 symbolS *add_symbol;
1275 offsetT offset;
1276 expressionS *exp;
1277 int pcrel;
1278 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type;
1279 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field;
1280 int r_format;
1281 unsigned int arg_reloc;
1282 int* unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1283 {
1284 fixS *new_fix;
1285
1286 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
1287 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
1288
1289 if (exp != NULL)
1290 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
1291 else
1292 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
1293 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
1294 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
1295 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
1296 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
1297 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
1298 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
1299 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1300 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
1301 new_fix->fx_offset = *unwind_bits;
1302 #endif
1303
1304 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
1305 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
1306 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
1307 if (new_fix->fx_subsy
1308 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
1309 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0))
1310 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
1311 }
1312
1313 /* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
1314 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
1315
1316 void
1317 parse_cons_expression_hppa (exp)
1318 expressionS *exp;
1319 {
1320 hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
1321 expression (exp);
1322 }
1323
1324 /* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
1325 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
1326
1327 void
1328 cons_fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, exp)
1329 fragS *frag;
1330 int where;
1331 int size;
1332 expressionS *exp;
1333 {
1334 unsigned int rel_type;
1335
1336 /* Get a base relocation type. */
1337 if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
1338 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
1339 else if (is_complex (*exp))
1340 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
1341 else
1342 rel_type = R_HPPA;
1343
1344 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
1345 {
1346 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
1347 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
1348 }
1349
1350 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
1351 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
1352 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, NULL);
1353
1354 /* Reset field selector to its default state. */
1355 hppa_field_selector = 0;
1356 }
1357
1358 /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
1359 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
1360
1361 void
1362 md_begin ()
1363 {
1364 const char *retval = NULL;
1365 int lose = 0;
1366 unsigned int i = 0;
1367
1368 last_call_info = NULL;
1369 call_info_root = NULL;
1370
1371 /* Set the default machine type. */
1372 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
1373 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
1374
1375 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
1376 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
1377 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
1378 {
1379 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
1380 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
1381 }
1382
1383 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1384 pa_spaces_begin ();
1385 #endif
1386
1387 op_hash = hash_new ();
1388
1389 while (i < NUMOPCODES)
1390 {
1391 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
1392 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
1393 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
1394 {
1395 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
1396 lose = 1;
1397 }
1398 do
1399 {
1400 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
1401 != pa_opcodes[i].match)
1402 {
1403 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
1404 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
1405 lose = 1;
1406 }
1407 ++i;
1408 }
1409 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
1410 }
1411
1412 if (lose)
1413 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
1414
1415 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1416 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
1417 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
1418 subseg_set (text_section, 0);
1419 #endif
1420
1421 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1422 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
1423 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
1424 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
1425 (void) symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1426 #endif
1427 }
1428
1429 /* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
1430 void
1431 md_assemble (str)
1432 char *str;
1433 {
1434 char *to;
1435
1436 /* The had better be something to assemble. */
1437 assert (str);
1438
1439 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
1440 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
1441 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
1442
1443 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
1444 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
1445 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
1446 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
1447 {
1448 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
1449
1450 if (label_symbol)
1451 {
1452 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
1453 {
1454 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
1455 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
1456 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
1457 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1458 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
1459 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
1460 if (within_entry_exit)
1461 {
1462 char *where = frag_more (0);
1463
1464 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
1465 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
1466 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0,
1467 (int *)&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
1468 }
1469 #endif
1470 }
1471 else
1472 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
1473 }
1474 else
1475 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
1476 }
1477
1478 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
1479 pa_ip (str);
1480
1481 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instrution. */
1482 to = frag_more (4);
1483
1484 /* Output the opcode. */
1485 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
1486
1487 /* If necessary output more stuff. */
1488 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
1489 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
1490 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
1491 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
1492 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, NULL);
1493
1494 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1495 if (debug_type == DEBUG_DWARF2)
1496 {
1497 bfd_vma addr;
1498
1499 /* First update the notion of the current source line. */
1500 dwarf2_where (&debug_line);
1501
1502 /* We want the offset of the start of this instruction within the
1503 the current frag. */
1504 addr = frag_now->fr_address + frag_now_fix () - 4;
1505
1506 /* And record the information. */
1507 dwarf2_gen_line_info (addr, &debug_line);
1508 }
1509 #endif
1510 }
1511
1512 /* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
1513 into the global "the_insn" variable. */
1514
1515 static void
1516 pa_ip (str)
1517 char *str;
1518 {
1519 char *error_message = "";
1520 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
1521 const char *args;
1522 int match = FALSE;
1523 int comma = 0;
1524 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, num;
1525 unsigned long opcode;
1526 struct pa_opcode *insn;
1527
1528 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1529 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
1530 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
1531 #endif
1532
1533 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
1534 case. */
1535 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
1536 if (isupper (*s))
1537 *s = tolower (*s);
1538
1539 /* Skip to something interesting. */
1540 for (s = str; isupper (*s) || islower (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3'); ++s)
1541 ;
1542
1543 switch (*s)
1544 {
1545
1546 case '\0':
1547 break;
1548
1549 case ',':
1550 comma = 1;
1551
1552 /*FALLTHROUGH */
1553
1554 case ' ':
1555 *s++ = '\0';
1556 break;
1557
1558 default:
1559 as_fatal (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
1560 }
1561
1562 save_s = str;
1563
1564 /* Look up the opcode in the has table. */
1565 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
1566 {
1567 as_bad ("Unknown opcode: `%s'", str);
1568 return;
1569 }
1570
1571 if (comma)
1572 {
1573 *--s = ',';
1574 }
1575
1576 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
1577 start processing them. */
1578 argstart = s;
1579 for (;;)
1580 {
1581 /* Do some initialization. */
1582 opcode = insn->match;
1583 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
1584 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
1585
1586 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
1587
1588 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
1589 then set a new architecture. */
1590 /* But do not automatically promote to pa2.0. The automatic promotion
1591 crud is for compatability with HP's old assemblers only. */
1592 if (insn->arch < 20
1593 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1594 {
1595 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
1596 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
1597 }
1598 else if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1599 {
1600 match = FALSE;
1601 goto failed;
1602 }
1603
1604 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
1605 sure that the operands match. */
1606 for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
1607 {
1608 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */
1609 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1610 s++;
1611
1612 switch (*args)
1613 {
1614
1615 /* End of arguments. */
1616 case '\0':
1617 if (*s == '\0')
1618 match = TRUE;
1619 break;
1620
1621 case '+':
1622 if (*s == '+')
1623 {
1624 ++s;
1625 continue;
1626 }
1627 if (*s == '-')
1628 continue;
1629 break;
1630
1631 /* These must match exactly. */
1632 case '(':
1633 case ')':
1634 case ',':
1635 case ' ':
1636 if (*s++ == *args)
1637 continue;
1638 break;
1639
1640 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
1641 case 'b':
1642 case '^':
1643 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1644 break;
1645 num = pa_number;
1646 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1647 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1648
1649 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
1650 is there. */
1651 case '!':
1652 /* Skip whitespace before register. */
1653 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1654 s = s + 1;
1655
1656 if (!strncasecmp(s, "%sar", 4))
1657 {
1658 s += 4;
1659 continue;
1660 }
1661 else if (!strncasecmp(s, "%cr11", 5))
1662 {
1663 s += 5;
1664 continue;
1665 }
1666 break;
1667
1668 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
1669 case 'x':
1670 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1671 break;
1672 num = pa_number;
1673 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1674 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1675
1676 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
1677 case 't':
1678 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1679 break;
1680 num = pa_number;
1681 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1682 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1683
1684 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
1685 case 'a':
1686 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1687 break;
1688 num = pa_number;
1689 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1690 opcode |= num << 16;
1691 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1692
1693 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
1694 case 'T':
1695 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1696 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1697 break;
1698 s = expr_end;
1699 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
1700 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
1701
1702 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1703 case '5':
1704 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1705 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1706 break;
1707 s = expr_end;
1708 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1709 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1710 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1711 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1712 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1713
1714 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1715 case 'V':
1716 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1717 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1718 break;
1719 s = expr_end;
1720 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1721 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1722 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1723 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1724 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1725
1726 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1727 case 'r':
1728 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1729 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1730 break;
1731 s = expr_end;
1732 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1733 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1734
1735 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1736 case 'R':
1737 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1738 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1739 break;
1740 s = expr_end;
1741 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1742 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1743
1744 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
1745 case 'U':
1746 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1747 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1748 break;
1749 s = expr_end;
1750 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
1751 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1752
1753 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
1754 case 's':
1755 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1756 break;
1757 num = pa_number;
1758 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
1759 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
1760
1761 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
1762 case 'S':
1763 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1764 break;
1765 num = pa_number;
1766 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
1767 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
1768 continue;
1769
1770 /* Handle all completers. */
1771 case 'c':
1772 switch (*++args)
1773 {
1774
1775 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
1776 case 'x':
1777 {
1778 int uu = 0;
1779 int m = 0;
1780 int i = 0;
1781 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1782 {
1783 s++;
1784 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
1785 {
1786 uu = 1;
1787 m = 1;
1788 s++;
1789 i++;
1790 }
1791 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1792 m = 1;
1793 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
1794 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
1795 uu = 1;
1796 /* When in strict mode this is a match failure. */
1797 else if (strict)
1798 {
1799 s--;
1800 break;
1801 }
1802 else
1803 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
1804 s++;
1805 i++;
1806 }
1807 if (i > 2)
1808 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
1809 opcode |= m << 5;
1810 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
1811 }
1812
1813 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */
1814 case 'm':
1815 case 'q':
1816 case 'J':
1817 case 'e':
1818 {
1819 int a = 0;
1820 int m = 0;
1821 if (*s == ',')
1822 {
1823 int found = 0;
1824 s++;
1825 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
1826 {
1827 a = 0;
1828 m = 1;
1829 found = 1;
1830 }
1831 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
1832 {
1833 a = 1;
1834 m = 1;
1835 found = 1;
1836 }
1837
1838 /* When in strict mode, pass through for cache op. */
1839 if (!found && strict)
1840 s--;
1841 else
1842 {
1843 if (!found)
1844 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
1845 s += 2;
1846 }
1847 }
1848 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
1849 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
1850 else if (*args == 'e')
1851 break;
1852
1853 /* 'J', 'm' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
1854 encode the before/after field. */
1855 if (*args == 'm')
1856 {
1857 opcode |= m << 5;
1858 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1859 }
1860 else if (*args == 'q')
1861 {
1862 opcode |= m << 3;
1863 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1864 }
1865 else if (*args == 'J')
1866 {
1867 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
1868 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1869 }
1870 else if (*args == 'e')
1871 {
1872 /* Gross! Hide these values in the immediate field
1873 of the instruction, then pull them out later. */
1874 opcode |= m << 8;
1875 opcode |= a << 9;
1876 continue;
1877 }
1878 }
1879
1880 /* Handle a stbys completer. */
1881 case 's':
1882 {
1883 int a = 0;
1884 int m = 0;
1885 int i = 0;
1886 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1887 {
1888 s++;
1889 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1890 m = 1;
1891 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
1892 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
1893 a = 0;
1894 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
1895 a = 1;
1896 /* When in strict mode this is a match failure. */
1897 else if (strict)
1898 {
1899 s--;
1900 break;
1901 }
1902 else
1903 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1904 s++;
1905 i++;
1906 }
1907 if (i > 2)
1908 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1909 opcode |= m << 5;
1910 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1911 }
1912
1913 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */
1914 case 'c':
1915 cmpltr = 0;
1916 if (!strncmp(s, ",sl", 3))
1917 {
1918 s += 3;
1919 cmpltr = 2;
1920 }
1921 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1922
1923 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */
1924 case 'C':
1925 cmpltr = 0;
1926 if (!strncmp(s, ",sl", 3))
1927 {
1928 s += 3;
1929 cmpltr = 2;
1930 }
1931 else if (!strncmp(s, ",bc", 3))
1932 {
1933 s += 3;
1934 cmpltr = 1;
1935 }
1936 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1937
1938 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
1939 case 'd':
1940 cmpltr = 0;
1941 if (!strncmp(s, ",co", 3))
1942 {
1943 s += 3;
1944 cmpltr = 1;
1945 }
1946 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1947
1948 /* Handle load ordering completer. */
1949 case 'o':
1950 if (strncmp(s, ",o", 2) != 0)
1951 break;
1952 s += 2;
1953 continue;
1954
1955 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */
1956 case 'g':
1957 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
1958 break;
1959 s += 5;
1960 continue;
1961
1962 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
1963 case 'p':
1964 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
1965 break;
1966 s += 7;
1967 continue;
1968
1969 /* Handle a branch link completer. */
1970 case 'l':
1971 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
1972 break;
1973 s += 2;
1974 continue;
1975
1976 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */
1977 case 'P':
1978 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
1979 break;
1980 s += 4;
1981 continue;
1982
1983 /* Handle a local processor completer. */
1984 case 'L':
1985 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
1986 break;
1987 s += 2;
1988 continue;
1989
1990 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
1991 case 'w':
1992 flag = 0;
1993 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
1994 {
1995 flag = 1;
1996 s += 2;
1997 }
1998 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
1999 {
2000 flag = 0;
2001 s += 2;
2002 }
2003
2004 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2005
2006 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
2007 case 'W':
2008 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
2009 break;
2010 s += 2;
2011 continue;
2012
2013 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
2014 case 'r':
2015 flag = 0;
2016 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2017 {
2018 flag = 5;
2019 s += 2;
2020 }
2021
2022 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2023
2024 /* Handle a system control completer. */
2025 case 'Z':
2026 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
2027 {
2028 flag = 1;
2029 s += 2;
2030 }
2031 else
2032 flag = 0;
2033
2034 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2035
2036 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
2037 case 'i':
2038 flag = 0;
2039 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
2040 {
2041 flag = 1;
2042 s += 2;
2043 }
2044
2045 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2046
2047 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
2048 case 'z':
2049 flag = 1;
2050 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
2051 {
2052 flag = 0;
2053 s += 2;
2054 }
2055
2056 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2057
2058 /* Handle add completer. */
2059 case 'a':
2060 flag = 1;
2061 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
2062 {
2063 flag = 2;
2064 s += 2;
2065 }
2066 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2067 {
2068 flag = 3;
2069 s += 4;
2070 }
2071
2072 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2073
2074 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
2075 case 'Y':
2076 flag = 0;
2077 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
2078 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
2079 {
2080 flag = 1;
2081 s += 7;
2082 }
2083 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
2084 {
2085 flag = 0;
2086 s += 3;
2087 }
2088 else
2089 break;
2090
2091 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2092
2093 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
2094 case 'y':
2095 flag = 0;
2096 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
2097 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
2098 {
2099 flag = 1;
2100 s += 6;
2101 }
2102 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
2103 {
2104 flag = 0;
2105 s += 2;
2106 }
2107 else
2108 break;
2109
2110 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2111
2112 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
2113 case 'v':
2114 flag = 0;
2115 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2116 {
2117 flag = 1;
2118 s += 4;
2119 }
2120
2121 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2122
2123 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
2124 case 't':
2125 flag = 0;
2126 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
2127 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
2128 {
2129 flag = 1;
2130 s += 7;
2131 }
2132 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2133 {
2134 flag = 0;
2135 s += 3;
2136 }
2137 else
2138 break;
2139
2140 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2141
2142 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
2143 case 'B':
2144 flag = 0;
2145 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
2146 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
2147 {
2148 flag = 1;
2149 s += 7;
2150 }
2151 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
2152 {
2153 flag = 0;
2154 s += 3;
2155 }
2156 else
2157 break;
2158
2159 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2160
2161 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
2162 case 'b':
2163 flag = 0;
2164 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
2165 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
2166 {
2167 flag = 1;
2168 s += 6;
2169 }
2170 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
2171 {
2172 flag = 0;
2173 s += 2;
2174 }
2175 else
2176 break;
2177
2178 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2179
2180 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
2181 case 'T':
2182 flag = 0;
2183 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2184 {
2185 flag = 1;
2186 s += 3;
2187 }
2188
2189 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2190
2191 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
2192 case 'S':
2193 {
2194 int sign = 1;
2195 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
2196 {
2197 sign = 1;
2198 s += 2;
2199 }
2200 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
2201 {
2202 sign = 0;
2203 s += 2;
2204 }
2205
2206 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
2207 }
2208
2209 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
2210 case 'h':
2211 if (*s++ == ',')
2212 {
2213 int lr = 0;
2214 if (*s == 'r')
2215 lr = 2;
2216 else if (*s == 'l')
2217 lr = 0;
2218 else
2219 as_bad(_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2220
2221 s++;
2222 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
2223 }
2224 else
2225 as_bad(_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2226 break;
2227
2228 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
2229 case 'H':
2230 {
2231 int sat = 3;
2232 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
2233 {
2234 sat = 1;
2235 s += 3;
2236 }
2237 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
2238 {
2239 sat = 0;
2240 s += 3;
2241 }
2242
2243 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
2244 }
2245
2246 /* Handle permutation completer. */
2247 case '*':
2248 if (*s++ == ',')
2249 {
2250 int permloc[4];
2251 int perm = 0;
2252 int i = 0;
2253 permloc[0] = 13;
2254 permloc[1] = 10;
2255 permloc[2] = 8;
2256 permloc[3] = 6;
2257 for (; i < 4; i++)
2258 {
2259 switch (*s++)
2260 {
2261 case '0':
2262 perm = 0;
2263 break;
2264 case '1':
2265 perm = 1;
2266 break;
2267 case '2':
2268 perm = 2;
2269 break;
2270 case '3':
2271 perm = 3;
2272 break;
2273 default:
2274 as_bad(_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2275 }
2276 opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
2277 }
2278 continue;
2279 }
2280 else
2281 as_bad(_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2282 break;
2283
2284 default:
2285 abort ();
2286 }
2287 break;
2288
2289 /* Handle all conditions. */
2290 case '?':
2291 {
2292 args++;
2293 switch (*args)
2294 {
2295 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */
2296 case 'f':
2297 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
2298 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
2299
2300 /* Handle an add condition. */
2301 case 'A':
2302 case 'a':
2303 cmpltr = 0;
2304 flag = 0;
2305 if (*s == ',')
2306 {
2307 s++;
2308
2309 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2310 if (*args == 'A')
2311 {
2312 if (*s == '*')
2313 s++;
2314 else
2315 break;
2316 }
2317 else if (*s == '*')
2318 break;
2319 name = s;
2320
2321 name = s;
2322 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2323 s += 1;
2324 c = *s;
2325 *s = 0x00;
2326 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2327 cmpltr = 1;
2328 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2329 cmpltr = 2;
2330 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2331 cmpltr = 3;
2332 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
2333 cmpltr = 4;
2334 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
2335 cmpltr = 5;
2336 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2337 cmpltr = 6;
2338 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2339 cmpltr = 7;
2340 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2341 {
2342 cmpltr = 0;
2343 flag = 1;
2344 }
2345 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2346 {
2347 cmpltr = 1;
2348 flag = 1;
2349 }
2350 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2351 {
2352 cmpltr = 2;
2353 flag = 1;
2354 }
2355 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2356 {
2357 cmpltr = 3;
2358 flag = 1;
2359 }
2360 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
2361 {
2362 cmpltr = 4;
2363 flag = 1;
2364 }
2365 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
2366 {
2367 cmpltr = 5;
2368 flag = 1;
2369 }
2370 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2371 {
2372 cmpltr = 6;
2373 flag = 1;
2374 }
2375 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2376 {
2377 cmpltr = 7;
2378 flag = 1;
2379 }
2380 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2381 else if (*args == 'a')
2382 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
2383 *s = c;
2384 }
2385 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2386 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2387
2388 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
2389 case 'd':
2390 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2391 if (cmpltr < 0)
2392 {
2393 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2394 cmpltr = 0;
2395 }
2396 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2397
2398 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
2399 case 'W':
2400 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2401 if (cmpltr < 0)
2402 {
2403 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2404 cmpltr = 0;
2405 }
2406 else
2407 {
2408 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2409 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
2410 }
2411 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2412
2413 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
2414 condition. */
2415 case '@':
2416 save_s = s;
2417 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2418 if (cmpltr < 0)
2419 {
2420 s = save_s;
2421 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2422 if (cmpltr < 0)
2423 {
2424 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
2425 cmpltr = 0;
2426 }
2427 else
2428 {
2429 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2430 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2431 }
2432 }
2433 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2434
2435 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
2436 case 'B':
2437 case 'b':
2438 cmpltr = 0;
2439 if (*s == ',')
2440 {
2441 s++;
2442
2443 if (*args == 'B')
2444 {
2445 if (*s == '*')
2446 s++;
2447 else
2448 break;
2449 }
2450 else if (*s == '*')
2451 break;
2452
2453 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
2454 {
2455 cmpltr = 0;
2456 s++;
2457 }
2458 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
2459 {
2460 cmpltr = 1;
2461 s += 2;
2462 }
2463 else
2464 as_bad (_("Invalid Bit Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2465 }
2466 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
2467
2468 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
2469 case 'S':
2470 case 's':
2471 cmpltr = 0;
2472 flag = 0;
2473 if (*s == ',')
2474 {
2475 s++;
2476
2477 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2478 if (*args == 'S')
2479 {
2480 if (*s == '*')
2481 s++;
2482 else
2483 break;
2484 }
2485 else if (*s == '*')
2486 break;
2487 name = s;
2488
2489 name = s;
2490 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2491 s += 1;
2492 c = *s;
2493 *s = 0x00;
2494 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2495 cmpltr = 1;
2496 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2497 cmpltr = 2;
2498 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2499 cmpltr = 3;
2500 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
2501 cmpltr = 4;
2502 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
2503 cmpltr = 5;
2504 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2505 cmpltr = 6;
2506 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2507 cmpltr = 7;
2508 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2509 {
2510 cmpltr = 0;
2511 flag = 1;
2512 }
2513 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2514 {
2515 cmpltr = 1;
2516 flag = 1;
2517 }
2518 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2519 {
2520 cmpltr = 2;
2521 flag = 1;
2522 }
2523 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2524 {
2525 cmpltr = 3;
2526 flag = 1;
2527 }
2528 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
2529 {
2530 cmpltr = 4;
2531 flag = 1;
2532 }
2533 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
2534 {
2535 cmpltr = 5;
2536 flag = 1;
2537 }
2538 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2539 {
2540 cmpltr = 6;
2541 flag = 1;
2542 }
2543 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2544 {
2545 cmpltr = 7;
2546 flag = 1;
2547 }
2548 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2549 else if (*args != 'S')
2550 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
2551 name);
2552 *s = c;
2553 }
2554 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2555 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2556
2557 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
2558 case 't':
2559 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2560 if (cmpltr < 0)
2561 {
2562 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %c"), *s);
2563 cmpltr = 0;
2564 }
2565 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2566
2567 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
2568 case 'n':
2569 save_s = s;
2570 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2571 if (cmpltr < 0)
2572 {
2573 s = save_s;
2574 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2575 if (cmpltr < 0)
2576 {
2577 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition."));
2578 cmpltr = 0;
2579 }
2580 else
2581 {
2582 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2583 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2584 }
2585 }
2586
2587 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2588
2589 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
2590 case 'N':
2591 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2592 if (cmpltr >= 0)
2593 {
2594 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2595 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
2596 }
2597 else
2598 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2599 break;
2600
2601 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2602
2603 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
2604 case 'Q':
2605 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
2606 if (cmpltr < 0)
2607 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2608 break;
2609
2610 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2611
2612 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
2613 case 'L':
2614 case 'l':
2615 cmpltr = 0;
2616 flag = 0;
2617 if (*s == ',')
2618 {
2619 s++;
2620
2621 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2622 if (*args == 'L')
2623 {
2624 if (*s == '*')
2625 s++;
2626 else
2627 break;
2628 }
2629 else if (*s == '*')
2630 break;
2631
2632 name = s;
2633 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2634 s += 1;
2635 c = *s;
2636 *s = 0x00;
2637
2638 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2639 cmpltr = 1;
2640 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2641 cmpltr = 2;
2642 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2643 cmpltr = 3;
2644 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2645 cmpltr = 7;
2646 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2647 {
2648 cmpltr = 0;
2649 flag = 1;
2650 }
2651 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2652 {
2653 cmpltr = 1;
2654 flag = 1;
2655 }
2656 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2657 {
2658 cmpltr = 2;
2659 flag = 1;
2660 }
2661 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2662 {
2663 cmpltr = 3;
2664 flag = 1;
2665 }
2666 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2667 {
2668 cmpltr = 7;
2669 flag = 1;
2670 }
2671 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2672 else if (*args != 'L')
2673 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
2674 *s = c;
2675 }
2676 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2677 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2678
2679 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
2680 case 'X':
2681 case 'x':
2682 case 'y':
2683 cmpltr = 0;
2684 if (*s == ',')
2685 {
2686 save_s = s++;
2687
2688 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2689 if (*args == 'X')
2690 {
2691 if (*s == '*')
2692 s++;
2693 else
2694 break;
2695 }
2696 else if (*s == '*')
2697 break;
2698
2699 name = s;
2700 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2701 s += 1;
2702 c = *s;
2703 *s = 0x00;
2704 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2705 cmpltr = 1;
2706 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2707 cmpltr = 2;
2708 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2709 cmpltr = 3;
2710 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2711 cmpltr = 4;
2712 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2713 cmpltr = 5;
2714 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2715 cmpltr = 6;
2716 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2717 cmpltr = 7;
2718 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
2719 This includes moving s back to where it started. */
2720 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
2721 {
2722 *s = c;
2723 s = save_s;
2724 continue;
2725 }
2726 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2727 else if (*args != 'X')
2728 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
2729 *s = c;
2730 }
2731 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2732
2733 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
2734 case 'U':
2735 case 'u':
2736 cmpltr = 0;
2737 flag = 0;
2738 if (*s == ',')
2739 {
2740 s++;
2741
2742 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2743 if (*args == 'U')
2744 {
2745 if (*s == '*')
2746 s++;
2747 else
2748 break;
2749 }
2750 else if (*s == '*')
2751 break;
2752
2753 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
2754 {
2755 cmpltr = 2;
2756 s += 3;
2757 }
2758 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
2759 {
2760 cmpltr = 3;
2761 s += 3;
2762 }
2763 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
2764 {
2765 cmpltr = 4;
2766 s += 3;
2767 }
2768 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
2769 {
2770 cmpltr = 6;
2771 s += 3;
2772 }
2773 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
2774 {
2775 cmpltr = 7;
2776 s += 3;
2777 }
2778 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
2779 {
2780 cmpltr = 0;
2781 flag = 1;
2782 s += 2;
2783 }
2784 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
2785 {
2786 cmpltr = 2;
2787 flag = 1;
2788 s += 3;
2789 }
2790 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
2791 {
2792 cmpltr = 3;
2793 flag = 1;
2794 s += 3;
2795 }
2796 else if (strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
2797 {
2798 cmpltr = 4;
2799 flag = 1;
2800 s += 3;
2801 }
2802 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
2803 {
2804 cmpltr = 6;
2805 flag = 1;
2806 s += 3;
2807 }
2808 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
2809 {
2810 cmpltr = 7;
2811 flag = 1;
2812 s += 3;
2813 }
2814 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
2815 {
2816 cmpltr = 1;
2817 flag = 0;
2818 s += 3;
2819 }
2820 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
2821 {
2822 cmpltr = 5;
2823 flag = 0;
2824 s += 3;
2825 }
2826 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
2827 {
2828 cmpltr = 1;
2829 flag = 1;
2830 s += 3;
2831 }
2832 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
2833 {
2834 cmpltr = 5;
2835 flag = 1;
2836 s += 3;
2837 }
2838 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2839 else if (*args != 'U')
2840 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
2841 }
2842 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2843 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2844
2845 default:
2846 abort ();
2847 }
2848 break;
2849 }
2850
2851 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
2852 case 'n':
2853 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2854 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
2855
2856 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
2857 case 'N':
2858 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2859 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
2860
2861 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
2862 case 'L':
2863 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
2864 s += 4;
2865 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
2866 s += 4;
2867 else
2868 break;
2869 continue;
2870
2871 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2872 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2873 case 'h':
2874 get_expression (s);
2875 s = expr_end;
2876 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2877 {
2878 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2879 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2880 num++;
2881 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2882 }
2883 else
2884 break;
2885
2886 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2887 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2888 case 'm':
2889 get_expression (s);
2890 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2891 {
2892 s = expr_end;
2893 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2894 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2895 num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
2896 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2897 }
2898 else
2899 break;
2900
2901 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
2902 case '=':
2903 {
2904 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
2905 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2906 }
2907
2908 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
2909 case 'i':
2910 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2911 get_expression (s);
2912 s = expr_end;
2913 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2914 {
2915 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2916 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
2917 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
2918 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2919 }
2920 else
2921 {
2922 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
2923 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
2924 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
2925 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
2926 else
2927 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
2928 the_insn.format = 11;
2929 continue;
2930 }
2931
2932 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2933 case 'J':
2934 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2935 get_expression (s);
2936 s = expr_end;
2937 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2938 {
2939 int a, m;
2940
2941 /* XXX the completer stored away tibits of information
2942 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
2943 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
2944 good to rethink this. */
2945 m = (opcode & (1 << 8)) != 0;
2946 a = (opcode & (1 << 9)) != 0;
2947 opcode &= ~ (3 << 8);
2948 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2949 if ((a == 1 && num >= 0) || (a == 0 && num < 0))
2950 break;
2951 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
2952 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
2953 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2954 }
2955 else
2956 {
2957 break;
2958 }
2959
2960 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2961 case 'K':
2962 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2963 get_expression (s);
2964 s = expr_end;
2965 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2966 {
2967 int a, m;
2968
2969 /* XXX the completer stored away tibits of information
2970 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
2971 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
2972 good to rethink this. */
2973 m = (opcode & (1 << 8)) != 0;
2974 a = (opcode & (1 << 9)) != 0;
2975 opcode &= ~ (3 << 8);
2976 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2977 if ((a == 1 && num < 0) || (a == 0 && num > 0))
2978 break;
2979 if (num % 4)
2980 break;
2981 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
2982 if (num < 0)
2983 opcode |= 1;
2984 num &= 0x1fff;
2985 num >>= 2;
2986 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
2987 }
2988 else
2989 {
2990 break;
2991 }
2992
2993 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
2994 case '#':
2995 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2996 get_expression (s);
2997 s = expr_end;
2998 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2999 {
3000 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3001 if (num & 0x7)
3002 break;
3003 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3004 if (num < 0)
3005 opcode |= 1;
3006 num &= 0x1fff;
3007 num >>= 3;
3008 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
3009 }
3010 else
3011 {
3012 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3013 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3014 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3015 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3016 else
3017 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3018 the_insn.format = 14;
3019 continue;
3020 }
3021 break;
3022
3023 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
3024 case 'd':
3025 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3026 get_expression (s);
3027 s = expr_end;
3028 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3029 {
3030 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3031 if (num & 0x3)
3032 break;
3033 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3034 if (num < 0)
3035 opcode |= 1;
3036 num &= 0x1fff;
3037 num >>= 2;
3038 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3039 }
3040 else
3041 {
3042 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3043 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3044 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3045 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3046 else
3047 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3048 the_insn.format = 14;
3049 continue;
3050 }
3051
3052 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
3053 case 'j':
3054 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3055 get_expression (s);
3056 s = expr_end;
3057 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3058 {
3059 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3060 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3061 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3062 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3063 }
3064 else
3065 {
3066 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3067 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3068 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3069 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3070 else
3071 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3072 the_insn.format = 14;
3073 continue;
3074 }
3075
3076 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
3077 case 'k':
3078 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3079 get_expression (s);
3080 s = expr_end;
3081 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3082 {
3083 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3084 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
3085 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
3086 continue;
3087 }
3088 else
3089 {
3090 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3091 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3092 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3093 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3094 else
3095 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3096 the_insn.format = 21;
3097 continue;
3098 }
3099
3100 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
3101 case 'l':
3102 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3103 get_expression (s);
3104 s = expr_end;
3105 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3106 {
3107 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3108 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3109 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3110 continue;
3111 }
3112 else
3113 {
3114 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3115 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3116 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3117 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3118 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3119 else
3120 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3121 the_insn.format = 14;
3122 continue;
3123 }
3124
3125 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3126 case 'y':
3127 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3128 get_expression (s);
3129 s = expr_end;
3130 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3131 {
3132 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3133 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3134 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
3135 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3136 continue;
3137 }
3138 else
3139 {
3140 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3141 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3142 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3143 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3144 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3145 else
3146 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3147 the_insn.format = 14;
3148 continue;
3149 }
3150
3151 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3152 case '&':
3153 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3154 get_expression (s);
3155 s = expr_end;
3156 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3157 {
3158 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3159 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3160 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
3161 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3162 continue;
3163 }
3164 else
3165 {
3166 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3167 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3168 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3169 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3170 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3171 else
3172 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3173 the_insn.format = 14;
3174 continue;
3175 }
3176
3177 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
3178 case 'w':
3179 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3180 get_expression (s);
3181 s = expr_end;
3182 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3183 if (!strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), "L$0\001"))
3184 {
3185 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3186 if (num % 4)
3187 {
3188 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3189 break;
3190 }
3191 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8199, -8184, 0);
3192
3193 opcode |= re_assemble_12 ((num - 8) >> 2);
3194 continue;
3195 }
3196 else
3197 {
3198 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3199 the_insn.format = 12;
3200 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3201 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3202 s = expr_end;
3203 continue;
3204 }
3205
3206 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
3207 case 'W':
3208 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3209 get_expression (s);
3210 s = expr_end;
3211 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3212 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3213 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3214 "L$0\001"))
3215 {
3216 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3217 if (num % 4)
3218 {
3219 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3220 break;
3221 }
3222 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3223
3224 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3225 num -= 8;
3226
3227 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3228 continue;
3229 }
3230 else
3231 {
3232 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3233 the_insn.format = 17;
3234 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3235 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3236 continue;
3237 }
3238
3239 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
3240 case 'X':
3241 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3242 get_expression (s);
3243 s = expr_end;
3244 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3245 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3246 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3247 "L$0\001"))
3248 {
3249 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3250 if (num % 4)
3251 {
3252 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3253 break;
3254 }
3255 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
3256
3257 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3258 num -= 8;
3259
3260 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
3261 }
3262 else
3263 {
3264 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3265 the_insn.format = 22;
3266 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3267 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3268 continue;
3269 }
3270
3271 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
3272 case 'z':
3273 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3274 get_expression (s);
3275 s = expr_end;
3276 the_insn.pcrel = 0;
3277 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3278 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3279 "L$0\001"))
3280 {
3281 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3282 if (num % 4)
3283 {
3284 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3285 break;
3286 }
3287 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3288
3289 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3290 num -= 8;
3291
3292 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3293 continue;
3294 }
3295 else
3296 {
3297 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
3298 the_insn.format = 17;
3299 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3300 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3301 continue;
3302 }
3303
3304 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
3305 case 'Z':
3306 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
3307 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
3308 {
3309 s += 4;
3310 continue;
3311 }
3312 else
3313 break;
3314
3315 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
3316 case 'Y':
3317 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
3318 break;
3319 s += 9;
3320 continue;
3321
3322 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
3323 case '@':
3324 if (*s != '0')
3325 break;
3326 s++;
3327 continue;
3328
3329 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
3330 case '.':
3331 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3332 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3333 break;
3334 s = expr_end;
3335 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
3336 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3337
3338 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
3339 case '*':
3340 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3341 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3342 break;
3343 s = expr_end;
3344 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
3345 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3346
3347 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
3348 case 'p':
3349 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3350 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3351 break;
3352 s = expr_end;
3353 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3354 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
3355
3356 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
3357 case '~':
3358 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3359 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3360 break;
3361 s = expr_end;
3362 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3363 num = 63 - num;
3364 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3365 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3366
3367 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
3368 case '%':
3369 flag = 0;
3370 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3371 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3372 break;
3373 s = expr_end;
3374 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3375 num--;
3376 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
3377 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3378 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3379
3380 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
3381 case '|':
3382 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3383 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3384 break;
3385 s = expr_end;
3386 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3387 num--;
3388 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
3389 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3390 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3391
3392 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
3393 case 'P':
3394 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3395 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3396 break;
3397 s = expr_end;
3398 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3399 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
3400
3401 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
3402 case 'q':
3403 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3404 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3405 break;
3406 s = expr_end;
3407 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3408 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3409 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3410
3411 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
3412 of the high bit of the immediate. */
3413 case 'B':
3414 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3415 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3416 break;
3417 s = expr_end;
3418 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3419 if (num & 0x20)
3420 ;
3421 else
3422 opcode |= (1 << 13);
3423 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
3424
3425 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
3426 case 'Q':
3427 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3428 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3429 break;
3430 s = expr_end;
3431 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3432 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3433
3434 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
3435 case '$':
3436 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3437 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3438 break;
3439 s = expr_end;
3440 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
3441 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3442
3443 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
3444 case 'A':
3445 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3446 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3447 break;
3448 s = expr_end;
3449 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
3450 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
3451
3452 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
3453 case 'D':
3454 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3455 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3456 break;
3457 s = expr_end;
3458 CHECK_FIELD (num, 671108864, 0, strict);
3459 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3460
3461 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
3462 case 'v':
3463 if (*s++ != ',')
3464 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
3465 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3466 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3467 break;
3468 s = expr_end;
3469 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3470 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3471
3472 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
3473 case 'O':
3474 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3475 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3476 break;
3477 s = expr_end;
3478 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
3479 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
3480 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3481
3482 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
3483 case 'o':
3484 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3485 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3486 break;
3487 s = expr_end;
3488 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3489 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3490
3491 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
3492 case '0':
3493 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3494 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3495 break;
3496 s = expr_end;
3497 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
3498 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
3499 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3500
3501 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
3502 case '1':
3503 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3504 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3505 break;
3506 s = expr_end;
3507 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3508 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
3509 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3510
3511 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
3512 case 'u':
3513 if (*s++ != ',')
3514 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
3515 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3516 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3517 break;
3518 s = expr_end;
3519 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3520 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3521
3522 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
3523 case '2':
3524 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3525 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3526 break;
3527 s = expr_end;
3528 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
3529 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
3530 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3531
3532 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3533 case '{':
3534 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
3535 {
3536 the_insn.trunc = 1;
3537 s += 2;
3538 }
3539 else
3540 the_insn.trunc = 0;
3541 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3542 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3543 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3544 flag = SGL;
3545 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3546 flag = DBL;
3547 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3548 flag = QUAD;
3549 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3550
3551 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3552 case '_':
3553 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3554 s--;
3555 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3556 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3557 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3558 flag = SGL;
3559 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3560 flag = DBL;
3561 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3562 flag = QUAD;
3563 opcode |= flag << 13;
3564 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
3565 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
3566 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
3567 {
3568 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3569 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3570 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3571 flag = 0;
3572 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
3573 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
3574 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
3575 flag = 2;
3576 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
3577 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
3578 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
3579 flag = 6;
3580 else
3581 abort ();
3582 }
3583 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
3584 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
3585 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
3586 {
3587 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3588 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3589 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3590 flag = 1;
3591 else
3592 abort ();
3593 }
3594 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
3595 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
3596 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
3597 {
3598 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3599 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3600 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3601 flag = 5;
3602 else
3603 abort ();
3604 }
3605 flag |= the_insn.trunc;
3606 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
3607
3608 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3609 case 'F':
3610 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3611 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3612 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3613
3614 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3615 case 'G':
3616 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3617 s--;
3618 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3619 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3620 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
3621
3622 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
3623 case 'I':
3624 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3625 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3626 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3627
3628 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
3629 Only allows single and double precision. */
3630 case 'H':
3631 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3632 switch (flag)
3633 {
3634 case SGL:
3635 opcode |= 0x20;
3636 case DBL:
3637 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3638 continue;
3639
3640 case QUAD:
3641 case ILLEGAL_FMT:
3642 default:
3643 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
3644 }
3645 break;
3646
3647 /* Handle all floating point registers. */
3648 case 'f':
3649 switch (*++args)
3650 {
3651 /* Float target register. */
3652 case 't':
3653 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3654 break;
3655 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3656 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3657 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3658
3659 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */
3660 case 'T':
3661 {
3662 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3663 break;
3664 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3665 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3666 opcode |= num;
3667
3668 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
3669 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
3670 is not necessary for loads/stores. */
3671 if (need_pa11_opcode ()
3672 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
3673 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3674
3675 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
3676 continue;
3677 }
3678
3679 /* Float operand 1. */
3680 case 'a':
3681 {
3682 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3683 break;
3684 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3685 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3686 opcode |= num << 21;
3687 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3688 {
3689 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3690 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3691 }
3692 continue;
3693 }
3694
3695 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
3696 case 'X':
3697 case 'A':
3698 {
3699 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3700 break;
3701 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3702 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3703 opcode |= num << 21;
3704 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3705 continue;
3706 }
3707
3708 /* Float operand 2. */
3709 case 'b':
3710 {
3711 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3712 break;
3713 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3714 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3715 opcode |= num << 16;
3716 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3717 {
3718 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3719 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3720 }
3721 continue;
3722 }
3723
3724 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
3725 case 'B':
3726 {
3727 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3728 break;
3729 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3730 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3731 opcode |= num << 16;
3732 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3733 continue;
3734 }
3735
3736 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
3737 case 'C':
3738 {
3739 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3740 break;
3741 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3742 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3743 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
3744 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
3745 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
3746 continue;
3747 }
3748
3749 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3750 case 'i':
3751 {
3752 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3753 break;
3754 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3755 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3756 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3757 {
3758 if (num < 16)
3759 {
3760 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3761 break;
3762 }
3763 num &= 0xF;
3764 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3765 }
3766 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3767 }
3768
3769 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3770 case 'j':
3771 {
3772 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3773 break;
3774 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3775 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3776 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3777 {
3778 if (num < 16)
3779 {
3780 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3781 break;
3782 }
3783 num &= 0xF;
3784 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3785 }
3786 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3787 }
3788
3789 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3790 case 'k':
3791 {
3792 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3793 break;
3794 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3795 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3796 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3797 {
3798 if (num < 16)
3799 {
3800 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3801 break;
3802 }
3803 num &= 0xF;
3804 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3805 }
3806 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3807 }
3808
3809 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3810 case 'l':
3811 {
3812 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3813 break;
3814 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3815 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3816 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3817 {
3818 if (num < 16)
3819 {
3820 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3821 break;
3822 }
3823 num &= 0xF;
3824 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3825 }
3826 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3827 }
3828
3829 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3830 case 'm':
3831 {
3832 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3833 break;
3834 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3835 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3836 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3837 {
3838 if (num < 16)
3839 {
3840 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3841 break;
3842 }
3843 num &= 0xF;
3844 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3845 }
3846 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3847 }
3848
3849 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
3850 case 'E':
3851 case 'e':
3852 {
3853 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3854 break;
3855 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3856 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3857 opcode |= num << 16;
3858 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3859 {
3860 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
3861 }
3862 continue;
3863 }
3864
3865 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
3866 case 'x':
3867 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3868 break;
3869 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3870 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3871 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3872
3873 default:
3874 abort ();
3875 }
3876 break;
3877
3878 default:
3879 abort ();
3880 }
3881 break;
3882 }
3883
3884 failed:
3885 /* Check if the args matched. */
3886 if (match == FALSE)
3887 {
3888 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
3889 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
3890 {
3891 ++insn;
3892 s = argstart;
3893 continue;
3894 }
3895 else
3896 {
3897 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
3898 return;
3899 }
3900 }
3901 break;
3902 }
3903
3904 the_insn.opcode = opcode;
3905 }
3906
3907 /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant of type
3908 type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP. The number of LITTLENUMS
3909 emitted is stored in *sizeP . An error message or NULL is returned. */
3910
3911 #define MAX_LITTLENUMS 6
3912
3913 char *
3914 md_atof (type, litP, sizeP)
3915 char type;
3916 char *litP;
3917 int *sizeP;
3918 {
3919 int prec;
3920 LITTLENUM_TYPE words[MAX_LITTLENUMS];
3921 LITTLENUM_TYPE *wordP;
3922 char *t;
3923
3924 switch (type)
3925 {
3926
3927 case 'f':
3928 case 'F':
3929 case 's':
3930 case 'S':
3931 prec = 2;
3932 break;
3933
3934 case 'd':
3935 case 'D':
3936 case 'r':
3937 case 'R':
3938 prec = 4;
3939 break;
3940
3941 case 'x':
3942 case 'X':
3943 prec = 6;
3944 break;
3945
3946 case 'p':
3947 case 'P':
3948 prec = 6;
3949 break;
3950
3951 default:
3952 *sizeP = 0;
3953 return _("Bad call to MD_ATOF()");
3954 }
3955 t = atof_ieee (input_line_pointer, type, words);
3956 if (t)
3957 input_line_pointer = t;
3958 *sizeP = prec * sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
3959 for (wordP = words; prec--;)
3960 {
3961 md_number_to_chars (litP, (valueT) (*wordP++), sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE));
3962 litP += sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
3963 }
3964 return NULL;
3965 }
3966
3967 /* Write out big-endian. */
3968
3969 void
3970 md_number_to_chars (buf, val, n)
3971 char *buf;
3972 valueT val;
3973 int n;
3974 {
3975 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
3976 }
3977
3978 /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
3979 format. */
3980
3981 arelent **
3982 tc_gen_reloc (section, fixp)
3983 asection *section;
3984 fixS *fixp;
3985 {
3986 arelent *reloc;
3987 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
3988 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
3989 arelent **relocs;
3990 reloc_type **codes;
3991 reloc_type code;
3992 int n_relocs;
3993 int i;
3994
3995 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
3996 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
3997 return &no_relocs;
3998
3999 assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
4000 assert (section != 0);
4001
4002 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
4003
4004 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4005 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4006 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
4007 fixp->fx_r_type,
4008 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
4009 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
4010 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
4011 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
4012
4013 if (codes == NULL)
4014 {
4015 as_bad (_("Cannot handle fixup at %s:%d"), fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line);
4016 abort ();
4017 }
4018
4019 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
4020 ;
4021
4022 relocs = (arelent **) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1);
4023 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs);
4024 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4025 relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
4026
4027 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
4028
4029 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4030 switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
4031 {
4032 default:
4033 assert (n_relocs == 1);
4034
4035 code = *codes[0];
4036
4037 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4038 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4039 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4040 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4041 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4042
4043 assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
4044
4045 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
4046 switch (code)
4047 {
4048 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
4049 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
4050 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
4051 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
4052 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
4053 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
4054 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4055 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4056 (static link required). This adjustment is done in
4057 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
4058
4059 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4060 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4061 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4062 reloc->addend = 0;
4063 break;
4064
4065 #ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
4066 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
4067 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
4068 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
4069 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
4070 case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
4071 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
4072 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
4073 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
4074 fixp->fx_offset);
4075 break;
4076 #endif
4077
4078 default:
4079 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4080 break;
4081 }
4082 break;
4083 }
4084 #else /* OBJ_SOM */
4085
4086 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
4087 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4088 {
4089 code = *codes[i];
4090
4091 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4092 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4093 relocs[i]->howto =
4094 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4095 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4096 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4097
4098 switch (code)
4099 {
4100 case R_COMP2:
4101 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
4102 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
4103 relocs now and break out of the loop. */
4104 assert (i == 1);
4105 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4106 relocs[0]->howto =
4107 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4108 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
4109 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4110 relocs[0]->addend = 0;
4111 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4112 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4113 relocs[1]->howto =
4114 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4115 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
4116 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4117 relocs[1]->addend = 0;
4118 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4119 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
4120 relocs[2]->howto =
4121 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4122 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
4123 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4124 relocs[2]->addend = 0;
4125 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4126 relocs[3]->howto =
4127 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4128 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
4129 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4130 relocs[3]->addend = 0;
4131 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4132 relocs[4]->howto =
4133 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4134 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
4135 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4136 relocs[4]->addend = 0;
4137 goto done;
4138 case R_PCREL_CALL:
4139 case R_ABS_CALL:
4140 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
4141 break;
4142
4143 case R_DLT_REL:
4144 case R_DATA_PLABEL:
4145 case R_CODE_PLABEL:
4146 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4147 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4148 (static link required).
4149
4150 FIXME: We always assume no static link!
4151
4152 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4153 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4154 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4155 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4156 break;
4157
4158 case R_N_MODE:
4159 case R_S_MODE:
4160 case R_D_MODE:
4161 case R_R_MODE:
4162 case R_FSEL:
4163 case R_LSEL:
4164 case R_RSEL:
4165 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
4166 case R_END_BRTAB:
4167 case R_BEGIN_TRY:
4168 case R_N0SEL:
4169 case R_N1SEL:
4170 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
4171 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4172 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4173 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4174 break;
4175
4176 case R_END_TRY:
4177 case R_ENTRY:
4178 case R_EXIT:
4179 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
4180 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4181 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4182 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4183 break;
4184
4185 default:
4186 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4187 }
4188 }
4189
4190 done:
4191 #endif
4192
4193 return relocs;
4194 }
4195
4196 /* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
4197
4198 void
4199 md_convert_frag (abfd, sec, fragP)
4200 register bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4201 register asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4202 register fragS *fragP;
4203 {
4204 unsigned int address;
4205
4206 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
4207 {
4208 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
4209 {
4210 case 0:
4211 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
4212 know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
4213 know (fragP->fr_next);
4214 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
4215 if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
4216 {
4217 fragP->fr_offset =
4218 fragP->fr_next->fr_address
4219 - fragP->fr_address
4220 - fragP->fr_fix;
4221 }
4222 else
4223 fragP->fr_offset = 0;
4224 break;
4225 }
4226 }
4227 }
4228
4229 /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
4230
4231 valueT
4232 md_section_align (segment, size)
4233 asection *segment;
4234 valueT size;
4235 {
4236 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
4237 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
4238
4239 return (size + align2) & ~align2;
4240 }
4241
4242 /* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
4243 int
4244 md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragP, segment)
4245 register fragS *fragP;
4246 asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4247 {
4248 int size;
4249
4250 size = 0;
4251
4252 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
4253 size++;
4254
4255 return size;
4256 }
4257 \f
4258 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4259 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4260 const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
4261 # else
4262 const char *md_shortopts = "V";
4263 # endif
4264 #else
4265 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4266 const char *md_shortopts = "c";
4267 # else
4268 const char *md_shortopts = "";
4269 # endif
4270 #endif
4271
4272 struct option md_longopts[] = {
4273 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4274 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
4275 #endif
4276 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
4277 };
4278 size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof(md_longopts);
4279
4280 int
4281 md_parse_option (c, arg)
4282 int c ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4283 char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4284 {
4285 switch (c)
4286 {
4287 default:
4288 return 0;
4289
4290 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4291 case 'V':
4292 print_version_id ();
4293 break;
4294 #endif
4295 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4296 case 'c':
4297 warn_comment = 1;
4298 break;
4299 #endif
4300 }
4301
4302 return 1;
4303 }
4304
4305 void
4306 md_show_usage (stream)
4307 FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4308 {
4309 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4310 fprintf (stream, _("\
4311 -Q ignored\n"));
4312 #endif
4313 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4314 fprintf (stream, _("\
4315 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
4316 #endif
4317 }
4318 \f
4319 /* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
4320
4321 symbolS *
4322 md_undefined_symbol (name)
4323 char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4324 {
4325 return 0;
4326 }
4327
4328 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
4329 #define nonzero_dibits(x) \
4330 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
4331 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
4332 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
4333 #else
4334 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
4335 #endif
4336
4337 /* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
4338
4339 int
4340 md_apply_fix (fixP, valp)
4341 fixS *fixP;
4342 valueT *valp;
4343 {
4344 char *buf = fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal;
4345 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
4346 offsetT new_val;
4347 int insn, val;
4348
4349 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
4350 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
4351 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
4352 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
4353 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4354 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
4355 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
4356 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
4357 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
4358 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
4359 return 1;
4360
4361 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
4362 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
4363 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
4364 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
4365 {
4366 fixP->fx_offset = *valp;
4367 return 1;
4368 }
4369 #endif
4370 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4371 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
4372 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
4373 return 1;
4374 #endif
4375
4376 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, (unsigned char *) buf);
4377 /* There should have been an HPPA specific fixup associated
4378 with the GAS fixup. */
4379 if (hppa_fixP)
4380 {
4381 int fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
4382
4383 assert (fmt == hppa_fixP->fx_r_format);
4384
4385 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
4386 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
4387 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
4388 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
4389 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
4390 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
4391 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4392 && fmt != 32
4393 #endif
4394 )
4395 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4396 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4397 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
4398 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
4399 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
4400 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
4401 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
4402 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
4403 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
4404 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4405 /* This is truely disgusting. The machine independent code blindly
4406 adds in the value of the symbol being relocated against. Damn! */
4407 else if (fmt == 32
4408 && fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
4409 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != bfd_com_section_ptr)
4410 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (*valp - S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_addsy),
4411 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4412 #endif
4413 else
4414 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (*valp, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4415
4416 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
4417 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
4418 && fixP->fx_addsy
4419 && fixP->fx_pcrel
4420 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
4421 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
4422 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4423 && (*valp - 8 + 8192 < 16384
4424 || (fmt == 17 && *valp - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
4425 || (fmt == 22 && *valp - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4426 #endif
4427 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4428 && (*valp - 8 + 262144 < 524288
4429 || (fmt == 22 && *valp - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4430 #endif
4431 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
4432 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
4433 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
4434 && !(fixP->fx_subsy
4435 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
4436 {
4437 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (*valp, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4438 }
4439
4440 switch (fmt)
4441 {
4442 case 10:
4443 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 8191, -8192, 0);
4444 val = new_val;
4445
4446 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
4447 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4448 break;
4449 case -11:
4450 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 8191, -8192, 0);
4451 val = new_val;
4452
4453 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
4454 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4455 break;
4456 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
4457 case 14:
4458 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 8191, -8192, 0);
4459 val = new_val;
4460
4461 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
4462 break;
4463
4464 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
4465 case 21:
4466 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
4467 val = new_val;
4468
4469 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
4470 break;
4471
4472 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
4473 case 11:
4474 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 1023, -1023, 0);
4475 val = new_val;
4476
4477 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
4478 break;
4479
4480 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
4481 case 12:
4482 CHECK_FIELD (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192, 0);
4483 val = new_val - 8;
4484
4485 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
4486 break;
4487
4488 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
4489 case 17:
4490 {
4491 offsetT distance = *valp;
4492
4493 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4494 range target, then we want to complain. */
4495 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4496 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4497 CHECK_FIELD (distance - 8, 262143, -262144, 0);
4498
4499 CHECK_FIELD (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144, 0);
4500 val = new_val - 8;
4501
4502 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
4503 break;
4504 }
4505
4506 case 22:
4507 {
4508 offsetT distance = *valp;
4509
4510 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4511 range target, then we want to complain. */
4512 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4513 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4514 CHECK_FIELD (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
4515
4516 CHECK_FIELD (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
4517 val = new_val - 8;
4518
4519 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
4520 break;
4521 }
4522
4523 case -10:
4524 val = new_val;
4525 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
4526 break;
4527
4528 case -16:
4529 val = new_val;
4530 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
4531 break;
4532
4533 case 16:
4534 val = new_val;
4535 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
4536 break;
4537
4538 case 32:
4539 insn = new_val;
4540 break;
4541
4542 default:
4543 as_bad (_("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
4544 return 0;
4545 }
4546
4547 /* Insert the relocation. */
4548 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, (unsigned char *) buf);
4549 return 1;
4550 }
4551 else
4552 {
4553 printf (_("no hppa_fixup entry for this fixup (fixP = 0x%x, type = 0x%x)\n"),
4554 (unsigned int) fixP, fixP->fx_r_type);
4555 return 0;
4556 }
4557 }
4558
4559 /* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
4560 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
4561
4562 long
4563 md_pcrel_from (fixP)
4564 fixS *fixP;
4565 {
4566 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
4567 }
4568
4569 /* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
4570 a statement. */
4571
4572 static int
4573 is_end_of_statement ()
4574 {
4575 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
4576 || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
4577 || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
4578 }
4579
4580 /* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
4581 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
4582 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
4583
4584 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
4585 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
4586 returned in `pa_number'.
4587
4588 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
4589 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
4590 not set.
4591
4592 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
4593 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
4594
4595 static int
4596 pa_parse_number (s, is_float)
4597 char **s;
4598 int is_float;
4599 {
4600 int num;
4601 char *name;
4602 char c;
4603 symbolS *sym;
4604 int status;
4605 char *p = *s;
4606 boolean have_prefix;
4607
4608 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */
4609 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
4610 p = p + 1;
4611
4612 pa_number = -1;
4613 have_prefix = 0;
4614 num = 0;
4615 if (!strict && isdigit (*p))
4616 {
4617 /* Looks like a number. */
4618
4619 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
4620 {
4621 /* The number is specified in hex. */
4622 p += 2;
4623 while (isdigit (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
4624 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
4625 {
4626 if (isdigit (*p))
4627 num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
4628 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
4629 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
4630 else
4631 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
4632 ++p;
4633 }
4634 }
4635 else
4636 {
4637 /* The number is specified in decimal. */
4638 while (isdigit (*p))
4639 {
4640 num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
4641 ++p;
4642 }
4643 }
4644
4645 pa_number = num;
4646
4647 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
4648 if (is_float)
4649 {
4650 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
4651 if (! (is_float & 2))
4652 {
4653 if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
4654 {
4655 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
4656 ++p;
4657 }
4658 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
4659 {
4660 ++p;
4661 }
4662 }
4663 }
4664 }
4665 else if (*p == '%')
4666 {
4667 /* The number might be a predefined register. */
4668 have_prefix = 1;
4669 name = p;
4670 p++;
4671 c = *p;
4672 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
4673 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
4674 slow. */
4675 if (c == 'r')
4676 {
4677 p++;
4678 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
4679 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
4680 {
4681 p += 2;
4682 num = *p - '0' + 28;
4683 p++;
4684 }
4685 else if (*p == 'p')
4686 {
4687 num = 2;
4688 p++;
4689 }
4690 else if (!isdigit (*p))
4691 {
4692 if (print_errors)
4693 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4694 num = -1;
4695 }
4696 else
4697 {
4698 do
4699 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
4700 while (isdigit (*p));
4701 }
4702 }
4703 else
4704 {
4705 /* Do a normal register search. */
4706 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4707 {
4708 p = p + 1;
4709 c = *p;
4710 }
4711 *p = 0;
4712 status = reg_name_search (name);
4713 if (status >= 0)
4714 num = status;
4715 else
4716 {
4717 if (print_errors)
4718 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4719 num = -1;
4720 }
4721 *p = c;
4722 }
4723
4724 pa_number = num;
4725 }
4726 else
4727 {
4728 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
4729 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
4730 name = p;
4731 c = *p;
4732 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4733 {
4734 p = p + 1;
4735 c = *p;
4736 }
4737 *p = 0;
4738 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
4739 {
4740 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
4741 {
4742 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4743 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
4744 register, so... */
4745 have_prefix = true;
4746 }
4747 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == &bfd_abs_section)
4748 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4749 else if (!strict)
4750 {
4751 if (print_errors)
4752 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
4753 num = -1;
4754 }
4755 }
4756 else if (!strict)
4757 {
4758 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
4759 or for an empty string. For an empty string we
4760 will return zero. That's a concession made for
4761 compatability with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
4762 if (*name == 0)
4763 num = 0;
4764 else
4765 {
4766 if (print_errors)
4767 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
4768 num = -1;
4769 }
4770 }
4771 *p = c;
4772
4773 pa_number = num;
4774 }
4775
4776 if (!strict || have_prefix)
4777 {
4778 *s = p;
4779 return 1;
4780 }
4781 return 0;
4782 }
4783
4784 #define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof(pre_defined_registers) / sizeof(struct pd_reg))
4785
4786 /* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
4787 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
4788
4789 static int
4790 reg_name_search (name)
4791 char *name;
4792 {
4793 int middle, low, high;
4794 int cmp;
4795
4796 low = 0;
4797 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
4798
4799 do
4800 {
4801 middle = (low + high) / 2;
4802 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
4803 if (cmp < 0)
4804 high = middle - 1;
4805 else if (cmp > 0)
4806 low = middle + 1;
4807 else
4808 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
4809 }
4810 while (low <= high);
4811
4812 return -1;
4813 }
4814
4815 /* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
4816 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
4817
4818 static int
4819 need_pa11_opcode ()
4820 {
4821 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
4822 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
4823 {
4824 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
4825 then set a new architecture. */
4826 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
4827 {
4828 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
4829 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
4830 }
4831 return TRUE;
4832 }
4833 else
4834 return FALSE;
4835 }
4836
4837 /* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
4838 code associated with the condition. */
4839
4840 static int
4841 pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (s)
4842 char **s;
4843 {
4844 int cond, i;
4845
4846 cond = 0;
4847
4848 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
4849 {
4850 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
4851 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
4852 {
4853 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
4854 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4855 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
4856 report an error. */
4857 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4858 {
4859 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4860 break;
4861 }
4862 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
4863 *s = *s + 1;
4864 return cond;
4865 }
4866 }
4867
4868 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
4869
4870 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */
4871 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4872 *s += 1;
4873
4874 return 0;
4875 }
4876
4877 /* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
4878
4879 static int
4880 pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (s)
4881 char **s;
4882 {
4883 int value;
4884
4885 value = 0;
4886 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
4887 {
4888 value = 5;
4889 *s += 4;
4890 }
4891 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
4892 {
4893 value = 9;
4894 *s += 4;
4895 }
4896 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
4897 {
4898 value = 13;
4899 *s += 4;
4900 }
4901 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
4902 {
4903 value = 17;
4904 *s += 4;
4905 }
4906 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
4907 {
4908 value = 1;
4909 *s += 3;
4910 }
4911 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
4912 {
4913 value = 6;
4914 *s += 4;
4915 }
4916 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
4917 {
4918 value = 2;
4919 *s += 3;
4920 }
4921 else
4922 {
4923 value = 0;
4924 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
4925 }
4926
4927 return value;
4928 }
4929
4930 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
4931 type. */
4932
4933 static fp_operand_format
4934 pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (s)
4935 char **s;
4936 {
4937 int format;
4938
4939 format = SGL;
4940 if (**s == ',')
4941 {
4942 *s += 1;
4943 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
4944 {
4945 format = SGL;
4946 *s += 4;
4947 }
4948 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
4949 {
4950 format = DBL;
4951 *s += 4;
4952 }
4953 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
4954 {
4955 format = QUAD;
4956 *s += 5;
4957 }
4958 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
4959 {
4960 format = W;
4961 *s += 2;
4962 }
4963 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
4964 {
4965 format = UW;
4966 *s += 3;
4967 }
4968 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
4969 {
4970 format = DW;
4971 *s += 3;
4972 }
4973 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
4974 {
4975 format = UDW;
4976 *s += 4;
4977 }
4978 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
4979 {
4980 format = QW;
4981 *s += 3;
4982 }
4983 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
4984 {
4985 format = UQW;
4986 *s += 4;
4987 }
4988 else
4989 {
4990 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
4991 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
4992 }
4993 }
4994
4995 return format;
4996 }
4997
4998 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
4999 type. */
5000
5001 static fp_operand_format
5002 pa_parse_fp_format (s)
5003 char **s;
5004 {
5005 int format;
5006
5007 format = SGL;
5008 if (**s == ',')
5009 {
5010 *s += 1;
5011 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5012 {
5013 format = SGL;
5014 *s += 4;
5015 }
5016 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5017 {
5018 format = DBL;
5019 *s += 4;
5020 }
5021 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5022 {
5023 format = QUAD;
5024 *s += 5;
5025 }
5026 else
5027 {
5028 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5029 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5030 }
5031 }
5032
5033 return format;
5034 }
5035
5036 /* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
5037
5038 static int
5039 pa_chk_field_selector (str)
5040 char **str;
5041 {
5042 int middle, low, high;
5043 int cmp;
5044 char name[4];
5045
5046 /* Read past any whitespace. */
5047 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
5048 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
5049 *str = *str + 1;
5050
5051 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
5052 name[0] = tolower ((*str)[0]),
5053 name[1] = 0;
5054 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
5055 name[0] = tolower ((*str)[0]),
5056 name[1] = tolower ((*str)[1]),
5057 name[2] = 0;
5058 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
5059 name[0] = tolower ((*str)[0]),
5060 name[1] = tolower ((*str)[1]),
5061 name[2] = tolower ((*str)[2]),
5062 name[3] = 0;
5063 else
5064 return e_fsel;
5065
5066 low = 0;
5067 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
5068
5069 do
5070 {
5071 middle = (low + high) / 2;
5072 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
5073 if (cmp < 0)
5074 high = middle - 1;
5075 else if (cmp > 0)
5076 low = middle + 1;
5077 else
5078 {
5079 *str += strlen (name) + 1;
5080 #ifndef OBJ_SOM
5081 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
5082 return e_fsel;
5083 #endif
5084 return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
5085 }
5086 }
5087 while (low <= high);
5088
5089 return e_fsel;
5090 }
5091
5092 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
5093
5094 static int
5095 get_expression (str)
5096 char *str;
5097 {
5098 char *save_in;
5099 asection *seg;
5100
5101 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5102 input_line_pointer = str;
5103 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
5104 if (!(seg == absolute_section
5105 || seg == undefined_section
5106 || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
5107 {
5108 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
5109 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5110 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5111 return 1;
5112 }
5113 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5114 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5115 return 0;
5116 }
5117
5118 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
5119 static int
5120 pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp)
5121 struct pa_it *insn;
5122 char **strp;
5123 {
5124 char *save_in;
5125
5126 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
5127 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5128 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5129 expression (&insn->exp);
5130 /* This is not perfect, but is a huge improvement over doing nothing.
5131
5132 The PA assembly syntax is ambigious in a variety of ways. Consider
5133 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
5134 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5?
5135
5136 If we get a modulo expresion When looking for an absolute, we try
5137 again cutting off the input string at the first whitespace character. */
5138 if (insn->exp.X_op == O_modulus)
5139 {
5140 char *s, c;
5141 int retval;
5142
5143 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5144 s = *strp;
5145 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
5146 s++;
5147
5148 c = *s;
5149 *s = 0;
5150
5151 retval = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
5152
5153 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5154 *s = c;
5155 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5156 }
5157 /* When in strict mode we have a non-match, fix up the pointers
5158 and return to our caller. */
5159 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant && strict)
5160 {
5161 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5162 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5163 return 0;
5164 }
5165 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
5166 {
5167 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
5168 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5169 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5170 return 0;
5171 }
5172 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5173 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5174 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5175 }
5176
5177 /* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
5178 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
5179 static int
5180 evaluate_absolute (insn)
5181 struct pa_it *insn;
5182 {
5183 offsetT value;
5184 expressionS exp;
5185 int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
5186
5187 exp = insn->exp;
5188 value = exp.X_add_number;
5189
5190 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
5191 }
5192
5193 /* Given an argument location specification return the associated
5194 argument location number. */
5195
5196 static unsigned int
5197 pa_build_arg_reloc (type_name)
5198 char *type_name;
5199 {
5200
5201 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
5202 return 0;
5203 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
5204 return 1;
5205 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
5206 return 2;
5207 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
5208 return 3;
5209 else
5210 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
5211
5212 return 0;
5213 }
5214
5215 /* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
5216 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
5217
5218 static unsigned int
5219 pa_align_arg_reloc (reg, arg_reloc)
5220 unsigned int reg;
5221 unsigned int arg_reloc;
5222 {
5223 unsigned int new_reloc;
5224
5225 new_reloc = arg_reloc;
5226 switch (reg)
5227 {
5228 case 0:
5229 new_reloc <<= 8;
5230 break;
5231 case 1:
5232 new_reloc <<= 6;
5233 break;
5234 case 2:
5235 new_reloc <<= 4;
5236 break;
5237 case 3:
5238 new_reloc <<= 2;
5239 break;
5240 default:
5241 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
5242 }
5243
5244 return new_reloc;
5245 }
5246
5247 /* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
5248 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
5249
5250 static int
5251 pa_parse_nullif (s)
5252 char **s;
5253 {
5254 int nullif;
5255
5256 nullif = 0;
5257 if (**s == ',')
5258 {
5259 *s = *s + 1;
5260 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
5261 nullif = 1;
5262 else
5263 {
5264 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
5265 nullif = 0;
5266 }
5267 *s = *s + 1;
5268 }
5269
5270 return nullif;
5271 }
5272
5273 /* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5274 number (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5275
5276 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5277 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5278 computational instruction. */
5279
5280 static int
5281 pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5282 char **s;
5283 int isbranch;
5284 {
5285 int cmpltr;
5286 char *name = *s + 1;
5287 char c;
5288 char *save_s = *s;
5289 int nullify = 0;
5290
5291 cmpltr = 0;
5292 if (**s == ',')
5293 {
5294 *s += 1;
5295 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5296 *s += 1;
5297 c = **s;
5298 **s = 0x00;
5299
5300 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5301 {
5302 cmpltr = 1;
5303 }
5304 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5305 {
5306 cmpltr = 2;
5307 }
5308 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5309 {
5310 cmpltr = 3;
5311 }
5312 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
5313 {
5314 cmpltr = 4;
5315 }
5316 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
5317 {
5318 cmpltr = 5;
5319 }
5320 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5321 {
5322 cmpltr = 6;
5323 }
5324 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5325 {
5326 cmpltr = 7;
5327 }
5328 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5329 completer. */
5330 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5331 {
5332 cmpltr = 0;
5333 nullify = 1;
5334 }
5335 else
5336 {
5337 cmpltr = -1;
5338 }
5339 **s = c;
5340 }
5341
5342 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5343 if (nullify)
5344 *s = save_s;
5345
5346 return cmpltr;
5347 }
5348
5349 /* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5350 number (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5351
5352 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5353 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5354 computational instruction. */
5355
5356 static int
5357 pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5358 char **s;
5359 int isbranch;
5360 {
5361 int cmpltr;
5362 char *name = *s + 1;
5363 char c;
5364 char *save_s = *s;
5365 int nullify = 0;
5366
5367 cmpltr = 0;
5368 if (**s == ',')
5369 {
5370 *s += 1;
5371 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5372 *s += 1;
5373 c = **s;
5374 **s = 0x00;
5375
5376 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5377 {
5378 cmpltr = 0;
5379 }
5380 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5381 {
5382 cmpltr = 1;
5383 }
5384 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5385 {
5386 cmpltr = 2;
5387 }
5388 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5389 {
5390 cmpltr = 3;
5391 }
5392 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
5393 {
5394 cmpltr = 4;
5395 }
5396 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
5397 {
5398 cmpltr = 5;
5399 }
5400 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5401 {
5402 cmpltr = 6;
5403 }
5404 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5405 {
5406 cmpltr = 7;
5407 }
5408 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5409 completer. */
5410 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5411 {
5412 cmpltr = 0;
5413 nullify = 1;
5414 }
5415 else
5416 {
5417 cmpltr = -1;
5418 }
5419 **s = c;
5420 }
5421
5422 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5423 if (nullify)
5424 *s = save_s;
5425
5426 return cmpltr;
5427 }
5428
5429 /* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
5430 encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5431
5432 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
5433 returned as 8-15. */
5434
5435 static int
5436 pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (s)
5437 char **s;
5438 {
5439 int cmpltr;
5440 char *name = *s + 1;
5441 char c;
5442
5443 cmpltr = -1;
5444 if (**s == ',')
5445 {
5446 *s += 1;
5447 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5448 *s += 1;
5449 c = **s;
5450 **s = 0x00;
5451
5452 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
5453 {
5454 cmpltr = 0;
5455 }
5456 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5457 {
5458 cmpltr = 1;
5459 }
5460 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5461 {
5462 cmpltr = 2;
5463 }
5464 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5465 {
5466 cmpltr = 3;
5467 }
5468 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5469 {
5470 cmpltr = 4;
5471 }
5472 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
5473 {
5474 cmpltr = 5;
5475 }
5476 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
5477 {
5478 cmpltr = 6;
5479 }
5480 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
5481 {
5482 cmpltr = 7;
5483 }
5484 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
5485 {
5486 cmpltr = 8;
5487 }
5488 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5489 {
5490 cmpltr = 9;
5491 }
5492 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5493 {
5494 cmpltr = 10;
5495 }
5496 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5497 {
5498 cmpltr = 11;
5499 }
5500 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5501 {
5502 cmpltr = 12;
5503 }
5504 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
5505 {
5506 cmpltr = 13;
5507 }
5508 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
5509 {
5510 cmpltr = 14;
5511 }
5512 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
5513 {
5514 cmpltr = 15;
5515 }
5516 else
5517 {
5518 cmpltr = -1;
5519 }
5520 **s = c;
5521 }
5522
5523 return cmpltr;
5524 }
5525
5526 /* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
5527 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5528
5529 static int
5530 pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (s)
5531 char **s;
5532 {
5533 int cmpltr;
5534 char *name = *s + 1;
5535 char c;
5536
5537 cmpltr = -1;
5538 if (**s == ',')
5539 {
5540 *s += 1;
5541 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5542 *s += 1;
5543 c = **s;
5544 **s = 0x00;
5545
5546 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5547 {
5548 cmpltr = 0;
5549 }
5550 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5551 {
5552 cmpltr = 1;
5553 }
5554 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5555 {
5556 cmpltr = 2;
5557 }
5558 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5559 {
5560 cmpltr = 3;
5561 }
5562 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5563 {
5564 cmpltr = 4;
5565 }
5566 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5567 {
5568 cmpltr = 5;
5569 }
5570 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5571 {
5572 cmpltr = 6;
5573 }
5574 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5575 {
5576 cmpltr = 7;
5577 }
5578 else
5579 {
5580 cmpltr = -1;
5581 }
5582 **s = c;
5583 }
5584
5585 return cmpltr;
5586 }
5587
5588 /* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
5589 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5590
5591 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5592 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5593 computational instruction. */
5594
5595 static int
5596 pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5597 char **s;
5598 int isbranch;
5599 {
5600 int cmpltr;
5601 char *name = *s + 1;
5602 char c;
5603 char *save_s = *s;
5604
5605 cmpltr = 0;
5606 if (**s == ',')
5607 {
5608 *s += 1;
5609 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5610 *s += 1;
5611 c = **s;
5612 **s = 0x00;
5613 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5614 {
5615 cmpltr = 1;
5616 }
5617 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5618 {
5619 cmpltr = 2;
5620 }
5621 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5622 {
5623 cmpltr = 3;
5624 }
5625 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5626 {
5627 cmpltr = 4;
5628 }
5629 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
5630 {
5631 cmpltr = 5;
5632 }
5633 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5634 {
5635 cmpltr = 6;
5636 }
5637 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5638 {
5639 cmpltr = 7;
5640 }
5641 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5642 completer. */
5643 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5644 {
5645 cmpltr = 0;
5646 }
5647 else
5648 {
5649 cmpltr = -1;
5650 }
5651 **s = c;
5652 }
5653
5654 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5655 if (cmpltr == 0 && *name == 'n' && isbranch)
5656 *s = save_s;
5657
5658 return cmpltr;
5659 }
5660
5661 /* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
5662 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5663
5664 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5665 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5666 computational instruction). */
5667
5668 static int
5669 pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5670 char **s;
5671 int isbranch;
5672 {
5673 int cmpltr;
5674 char *name = *s + 1;
5675 char c;
5676 char *save_s = *s;
5677
5678 cmpltr = 0;
5679 if (**s == ',')
5680 {
5681 *s += 1;
5682 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5683 *s += 1;
5684 c = **s;
5685 **s = 0x00;
5686 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5687 {
5688 cmpltr = 0;
5689 }
5690 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5691 {
5692 cmpltr = 1;
5693 }
5694 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5695 {
5696 cmpltr = 2;
5697 }
5698 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5699 {
5700 cmpltr = 3;
5701 }
5702 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5703 {
5704 cmpltr = 4;
5705 }
5706 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
5707 {
5708 cmpltr = 5;
5709 }
5710 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5711 {
5712 cmpltr = 6;
5713 }
5714 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5715 {
5716 cmpltr = 7;
5717 }
5718 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5719 completer. */
5720 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5721 {
5722 cmpltr = 0;
5723 }
5724 else
5725 {
5726 cmpltr = -1;
5727 }
5728 **s = c;
5729 }
5730
5731 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5732 if (cmpltr == 0 && *name == 'n' && isbranch)
5733 *s = save_s;
5734
5735 return cmpltr;
5736 }
5737
5738 /* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
5739 encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5740
5741 static int
5742 pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (s)
5743 char **s;
5744 {
5745 int cmpltr;
5746 char *name = *s + 1;
5747 char c;
5748 char *save_s = *s;
5749 int nullify = 0;
5750
5751 cmpltr = 0;
5752 if (**s == ',')
5753 {
5754 *s += 1;
5755 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5756 *s += 1;
5757 c = **s;
5758 **s = 0x00;
5759 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5760 {
5761 cmpltr = 1;
5762 }
5763 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5764 {
5765 cmpltr = 2;
5766 }
5767 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5768 {
5769 cmpltr = 3;
5770 }
5771 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5772 {
5773 cmpltr = 4;
5774 }
5775 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5776 {
5777 cmpltr = 5;
5778 }
5779 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5780 {
5781 cmpltr = 6;
5782 }
5783 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5784 {
5785 cmpltr = 7;
5786 }
5787 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5788 {
5789 cmpltr = 8;
5790 }
5791 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5792 {
5793 cmpltr = 9;
5794 }
5795 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5796 {
5797 cmpltr = 10;
5798 }
5799 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5800 {
5801 cmpltr = 11;
5802 }
5803 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5804 {
5805 cmpltr = 12;
5806 }
5807 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5808 {
5809 cmpltr = 13;
5810 }
5811 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5812 {
5813 cmpltr = 14;
5814 }
5815 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5816 {
5817 cmpltr = 15;
5818 }
5819 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5820 completer. */
5821 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5822 {
5823 cmpltr = 0;
5824 nullify = 1;
5825 }
5826 else
5827 {
5828 cmpltr = -1;
5829 }
5830 **s = c;
5831 }
5832
5833 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5834 if (nullify)
5835 *s = save_s;
5836
5837 return cmpltr;
5838 }
5839
5840 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5841 /* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
5842 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
5843 static void
5844 pa_align (bytes)
5845 int bytes;
5846 {
5847 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5848 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5849
5850 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
5851 s_align_bytes (bytes);
5852
5853 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
5854 alignment if necessary. */
5855 if (log2 (bytes) != -1)
5856 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, log2 (bytes));
5857 }
5858 #endif
5859
5860 /* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
5861
5862 static void
5863 pa_block (z)
5864 int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5865 {
5866 char *p;
5867 long int temp_fill;
5868 unsigned int temp_size;
5869 unsigned int i;
5870
5871 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5872 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5873 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5874 #endif
5875
5876 temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
5877
5878 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
5879 temp_fill = 0;
5880
5881 p = frag_var (rs_fill, (int) temp_size, (int) temp_size,
5882 (relax_substateT) 0, (symbolS *) 0, (offsetT) 1, NULL);
5883 memset (p, 0, temp_size);
5884
5885 /* Convert 2 bytes at a time. */
5886
5887 for (i = 0; i < temp_size; i += 2)
5888 {
5889 md_number_to_chars (p + i,
5890 (valueT) temp_fill,
5891 (int) ((temp_size - i) > 2 ? 2 : (temp_size - i)));
5892 }
5893
5894 pa_undefine_label ();
5895 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5896 }
5897
5898 /* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
5899
5900 static void
5901 pa_brtab (begin)
5902 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5903 {
5904
5905 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5906 /* The BRTAB relocations are only availble in SOM (to denote
5907 the beginning and end of branch tables). */
5908 char *where = frag_more (0);
5909
5910 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5911 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5912 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
5913 e_fsel, 0, 0, NULL);
5914 #endif
5915
5916 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5917 }
5918
5919 /* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
5920
5921 static void
5922 pa_try (begin)
5923 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5924 {
5925 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5926 expressionS exp;
5927 char *where = frag_more (0);
5928
5929 if (! begin)
5930 expression (&exp);
5931
5932 /* The TRY relocations are only availble in SOM (to denote
5933 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
5934
5935 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5936 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
5937 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
5938 e_fsel, 0, 0, NULL);
5939 #endif
5940
5941 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5942 }
5943
5944 /* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
5945 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
5946 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
5947
5948 static void
5949 pa_call (unused)
5950 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5951 {
5952 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5953 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5954 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5955 #endif
5956
5957 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
5958 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5959 }
5960
5961 /* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
5962 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
5963
5964 static void
5965 pa_call_args (call_desc)
5966 struct call_desc *call_desc;
5967 {
5968 char *name, c, *p;
5969 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
5970
5971 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
5972 {
5973 name = input_line_pointer;
5974 c = get_symbol_end ();
5975 /* Process a source argument. */
5976 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
5977 {
5978 temp = atoi (name + 4);
5979 p = input_line_pointer;
5980 *p = c;
5981 input_line_pointer++;
5982 name = input_line_pointer;
5983 c = get_symbol_end ();
5984 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
5985 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
5986 }
5987 /* Process a return value. */
5988 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
5989 {
5990 p = input_line_pointer;
5991 *p = c;
5992 input_line_pointer++;
5993 name = input_line_pointer;
5994 c = get_symbol_end ();
5995 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
5996 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
5997 }
5998 else
5999 {
6000 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
6001 }
6002 p = input_line_pointer;
6003 *p = c;
6004 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6005 input_line_pointer++;
6006 }
6007 }
6008
6009 /* Return TRUE if FRAG1 and FRAG2 are the same. */
6010
6011 static int
6012 is_same_frag (frag1, frag2)
6013 fragS *frag1;
6014 fragS *frag2;
6015 {
6016
6017 if (frag1 == NULL)
6018 return (FALSE);
6019 else if (frag2 == NULL)
6020 return (FALSE);
6021 else if (frag1 == frag2)
6022 return (TRUE);
6023 else if (frag2->fr_type == rs_fill && frag2->fr_fix == 0)
6024 return (is_same_frag (frag1, frag2->fr_next));
6025 else
6026 return (FALSE);
6027 }
6028
6029 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6030 /* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
6031 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
6032 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
6033 of the unwind spaces. */
6034
6035 static void
6036 pa_build_unwind_subspace (call_info)
6037 struct call_info *call_info;
6038 {
6039 char *unwind;
6040 asection *seg, *save_seg;
6041 subsegT save_subseg;
6042 unsigned int i;
6043 int reloc;
6044 char c, *p;
6045
6046 if (now_seg != text_section)
6047 return;
6048
6049 if (bfd_get_arch_info (stdoutput)->bits_per_address == 32)
6050 reloc = R_PARISC_DIR32;
6051 else
6052 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
6053
6054 save_seg = now_seg;
6055 save_subseg = now_subseg;
6056 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
6057 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
6058 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
6059 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
6060 if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
6061 {
6062 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
6063 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
6064 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
6065 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
6066 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
6067 }
6068
6069 subseg_set (seg, 0);
6070
6071 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
6072 descriptor. */
6073 p = frag_more (4);
6074 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6075
6076 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
6077 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6078 call_info->start_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6079 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6080 e_fsel, 32, 0, NULL);
6081
6082 p = frag_more (4);
6083 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6084
6085 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
6086
6087 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
6088 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
6089 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
6090 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
6091 finished with its work. */
6092
6093 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6094 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6095 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6096 e_fsel, 32, 0, NULL);
6097
6098 /* Dump it. */
6099 unwind = (char *) &call_info->ci_unwind;
6100 for (i = 8; i < sizeof (struct unwind_table); i++)
6101 {
6102 c = *(unwind + i);
6103 {
6104 FRAG_APPEND_1_CHAR (c);
6105 }
6106 }
6107
6108 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
6109 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
6110 }
6111 #endif
6112
6113 /* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
6114 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
6115 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */
6116
6117 static void
6118 pa_callinfo (unused)
6119 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6120 {
6121 char *name, c, *p;
6122 int temp;
6123
6124 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6125 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6126 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6127 #endif
6128
6129 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
6130 if (!within_procedure)
6131 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
6132
6133 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
6134 current procedure. */
6135 callinfo_found = TRUE;
6136
6137 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
6138 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6139 {
6140 name = input_line_pointer;
6141 c = get_symbol_end ();
6142 /* Frame size specification. */
6143 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
6144 {
6145 p = input_line_pointer;
6146 *p = c;
6147 input_line_pointer++;
6148 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6149 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
6150 {
6151 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
6152 temp = 0;
6153 }
6154
6155 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
6156 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
6157
6158 }
6159 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
6160 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
6161 {
6162 p = input_line_pointer;
6163 *p = c;
6164 input_line_pointer++;
6165 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6166 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
6167 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
6168 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
6169 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
6170 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
6171 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
6172 }
6173 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
6174 {
6175 p = input_line_pointer;
6176 *p = c;
6177 input_line_pointer++;
6178 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6179 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
6180 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
6181 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
6182 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
6183 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
6184 }
6185 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
6186 {
6187 p = input_line_pointer;
6188 *p = c;
6189 input_line_pointer++;
6190 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6191 if (temp != 3)
6192 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
6193 }
6194 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
6195 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) ||
6196 (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
6197 {
6198 p = input_line_pointer;
6199 *p = c;
6200 }
6201 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
6202 {
6203 p = input_line_pointer;
6204 *p = c;
6205 }
6206 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
6207 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
6208 {
6209 p = input_line_pointer;
6210 *p = c;
6211 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
6212 }
6213 /* Likewise for SP. */
6214 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
6215 {
6216 p = input_line_pointer;
6217 *p = c;
6218 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
6219 }
6220 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
6221 in the unwind descriptor. */
6222 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
6223 {
6224 p = input_line_pointer;
6225 *p = c;
6226 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
6227 }
6228 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
6229 unwind descriptor. */
6230 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
6231 {
6232 p = input_line_pointer;
6233 *p = c;
6234 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
6235 }
6236 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
6237 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
6238 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
6239 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
6240 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
6241 {
6242 p = input_line_pointer;
6243 *p = c;
6244 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
6245 }
6246 else
6247 {
6248 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
6249 *input_line_pointer = c;
6250 }
6251 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6252 input_line_pointer++;
6253 }
6254
6255 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6256 }
6257
6258 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
6259 /* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
6260 label when finished. */
6261 static void
6262 pa_text (unused)
6263 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6264 {
6265 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6266 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
6267 current_subspace
6268 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6269 #endif
6270
6271 s_text (0);
6272 pa_undefine_label ();
6273 }
6274
6275 /* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
6276 static void
6277 pa_data (unused)
6278 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6279 {
6280 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6281 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
6282 current_subspace
6283 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6284 #endif
6285 s_data (0);
6286 pa_undefine_label ();
6287 }
6288
6289 /* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
6290 the .comm pseudo-op has the following symtax:
6291
6292 <label> .comm <length>
6293
6294 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
6295 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
6296 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
6297 and subspace.
6298
6299 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
6300
6301 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
6302 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
6303 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
6304 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
6305 a pain.
6306
6307 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
6308
6309 static void
6310 pa_comm (unused)
6311 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6312 {
6313 unsigned int size;
6314 symbolS *symbol;
6315 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6316
6317 if (label_symbol)
6318 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6319 else
6320 symbol = NULL;
6321
6322 SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6323 size = get_absolute_expression ();
6324
6325 if (symbol)
6326 {
6327 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
6328 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6329 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6330
6331 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
6332 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
6333 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
6334 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
6335 }
6336 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6337 }
6338 #endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX)) */
6339
6340 /* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
6341
6342 static void
6343 pa_end (unused)
6344 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6345 {
6346 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6347 }
6348
6349 /* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
6350 static void
6351 pa_enter (unused)
6352 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6353 {
6354 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6355 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6356 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6357 #endif
6358
6359 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
6360 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6361 }
6362
6363 /* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
6364 procesure. */
6365 static void
6366 pa_entry (unused)
6367 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6368 {
6369 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6370 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6371 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6372 #endif
6373
6374 if (!within_procedure)
6375 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
6376 else
6377 {
6378 if (!callinfo_found)
6379 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
6380 }
6381 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6382 within_entry_exit = TRUE;
6383
6384 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6385 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6386 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6387 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6388 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6389
6390 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6391 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6392 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6393 denote the entry and exit points. */
6394 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
6395 {
6396 char *where = frag_more (0);
6397
6398 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6399 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
6400 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6401 (int *) &last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6402 }
6403 #endif
6404 }
6405
6406 /* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
6407 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
6408 registers, to get the size of the range. */
6409 static int fudge_reg_expressions;
6410
6411 int
6412 hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (resultP, op, rightP)
6413 expressionS *resultP;
6414 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6415 expressionS *rightP;
6416 {
6417 if (fudge_reg_expressions
6418 && rightP->X_op == O_register
6419 && resultP->X_op == O_register)
6420 {
6421 rightP->X_op = O_constant;
6422 resultP->X_op = O_constant;
6423 }
6424 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
6425 }
6426
6427 /* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
6428
6429 static void
6430 pa_equ (reg)
6431 int reg;
6432 {
6433 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6434 symbolS *symbol;
6435
6436 if (label_symbol)
6437 {
6438 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6439 if (reg)
6440 {
6441 strict = 1;
6442 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
6443 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
6444 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
6445 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
6446 }
6447 else
6448 {
6449 expressionS exp;
6450 segT seg;
6451
6452 fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
6453 seg = expression (&exp);
6454 fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
6455 if (exp.X_op != O_constant
6456 && exp.X_op != O_register)
6457 {
6458 if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
6459 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
6460 exp.X_add_number = 0;
6461 seg = absolute_section;
6462 }
6463 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
6464 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
6465 }
6466 }
6467 else
6468 {
6469 if (reg)
6470 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
6471 else
6472 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
6473 }
6474
6475 pa_undefine_label ();
6476 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6477 }
6478
6479 /* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
6480 usually involves creating some relocations or building special
6481 symbols to mark the end of the function. */
6482
6483 static void
6484 process_exit ()
6485 {
6486 char *where;
6487
6488 where = frag_more (0);
6489
6490 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6491 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
6492 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
6493 to add an entry in the unwind table. */
6494 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
6495 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
6496 #else
6497 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6498 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6499 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6500 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6501
6502 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6503 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6504 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6505 denote the entry and exit points. */
6506 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6507 NULL, (offsetT) 0,
6508 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6509 (int *) &last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor + 1);
6510 #endif
6511 }
6512
6513 /* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
6514
6515 static void
6516 pa_exit (unused)
6517 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6518 {
6519 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6520 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6521 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6522 #endif
6523
6524 if (!within_procedure)
6525 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
6526 else
6527 {
6528 if (!callinfo_found)
6529 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
6530 else
6531 {
6532 if (!within_entry_exit)
6533 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
6534 else
6535 {
6536 within_entry_exit = FALSE;
6537 process_exit ();
6538 }
6539 }
6540 }
6541 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6542 }
6543
6544 /* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
6545 and provides information such as argument relocation entries
6546 to callers. */
6547
6548 static void
6549 pa_export (unused)
6550 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6551 {
6552 char *name, c, *p;
6553 symbolS *symbol;
6554
6555 name = input_line_pointer;
6556 c = get_symbol_end ();
6557 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
6558 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6559 {
6560 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
6561 p = input_line_pointer;
6562 *p = c;
6563 input_line_pointer++;
6564 }
6565 else
6566 {
6567 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
6568 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
6569 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
6570 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
6571 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
6572 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6573 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
6574 p = input_line_pointer;
6575 *p = c;
6576 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6577 {
6578 input_line_pointer++;
6579 pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
6580 }
6581 }
6582
6583 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6584 }
6585
6586 /* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
6587
6588 static void
6589 pa_type_args (symbolP, is_export)
6590 symbolS *symbolP;
6591 int is_export;
6592 {
6593 char *name, c, *p;
6594 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6595 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
6596 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
6597
6598 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
6599
6600 {
6601 input_line_pointer += 8;
6602 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6603 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6604 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
6605 }
6606 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
6607 {
6608 input_line_pointer += 4;
6609 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
6610 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
6611
6612 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
6613 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
6614 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
6615 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
6616 {
6617 if (is_export)
6618 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
6619 S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
6620
6621 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6622 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6623 }
6624 else
6625 {
6626 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6627 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
6628 }
6629 }
6630 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
6631 {
6632 input_line_pointer += 4;
6633 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6634 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6635 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
6636 }
6637 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
6638 {
6639 input_line_pointer += 5;
6640 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6641 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6642 }
6643 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
6644 {
6645 input_line_pointer += 9;
6646 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6647 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6648 {
6649 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
6650 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
6651 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
6652 STT_PARISC_MILLI);
6653 }
6654 #endif
6655 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
6656 }
6657 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
6658 {
6659 input_line_pointer += 6;
6660 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6661 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
6662 }
6663 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
6664 {
6665 input_line_pointer += 8;
6666 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6667 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
6668 }
6669 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
6670 {
6671 input_line_pointer += 8;
6672 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6673 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
6674 }
6675
6676 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
6677 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
6678 to the SOM BFD backend. */
6679 #ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
6680 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
6681 #endif
6682
6683 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
6684 handle any argument relocation information. */
6685 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6686 {
6687 if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
6688 input_line_pointer++;
6689 name = input_line_pointer;
6690 c = get_symbol_end ();
6691 /* Argument sources. */
6692 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6693 {
6694 p = input_line_pointer;
6695 *p = c;
6696 input_line_pointer++;
6697 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6698 name = input_line_pointer;
6699 c = get_symbol_end ();
6700 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
6701 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6702 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6703 #endif
6704 *input_line_pointer = c;
6705 }
6706 /* The return value. */
6707 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
6708 {
6709 p = input_line_pointer;
6710 *p = c;
6711 input_line_pointer++;
6712 name = input_line_pointer;
6713 c = get_symbol_end ();
6714 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6715 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6716 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6717 #endif
6718 *input_line_pointer = c;
6719 }
6720 /* Privelege level. */
6721 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
6722 {
6723 p = input_line_pointer;
6724 *p = c;
6725 input_line_pointer++;
6726 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
6727 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6728 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
6729 #endif
6730 c = get_symbol_end ();
6731 *input_line_pointer = c;
6732 }
6733 else
6734 {
6735 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
6736 p = input_line_pointer;
6737 *p = c;
6738 }
6739 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6740 input_line_pointer++;
6741 }
6742 }
6743
6744 /* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
6745 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
6746 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
6747
6748 static void
6749 pa_import (unused)
6750 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6751 {
6752 char *name, c, *p;
6753 symbolS *symbol;
6754
6755 name = input_line_pointer;
6756 c = get_symbol_end ();
6757
6758 symbol = symbol_find (name);
6759 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
6760 in which case all the code below will really screw things up
6761 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
6762 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
6763 {
6764 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
6765 p = input_line_pointer;
6766 *p = c;
6767
6768 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6769 {
6770 input_line_pointer++;
6771 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6772 }
6773 else
6774 {
6775 /* Sigh. To be compatable with the HP assembler and to help
6776 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
6777 the the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
6778 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
6779 if (now_seg == text_section)
6780 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6781
6782 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
6783 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
6784 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6785 }
6786 }
6787 else
6788 {
6789 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
6790 the end of the current statement. */
6791 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6792 input_line_pointer++;
6793 }
6794
6795 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6796 }
6797
6798 /* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
6799
6800 static void
6801 pa_label (unused)
6802 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6803 {
6804 char *name, c, *p;
6805
6806 name = input_line_pointer;
6807 c = get_symbol_end ();
6808
6809 if (strlen (name) > 0)
6810 {
6811 colon (name);
6812 p = input_line_pointer;
6813 *p = c;
6814 }
6815 else
6816 {
6817 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
6818 }
6819
6820 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6821 {
6822 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
6823 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6824 }
6825 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6826 }
6827
6828 /* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
6829
6830 static void
6831 pa_leave (unused)
6832 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6833 {
6834 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6835 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6836 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6837 #endif
6838
6839 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
6840 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6841 }
6842
6843 /* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
6844
6845 static void
6846 pa_level (unused)
6847 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6848 {
6849 char *level;
6850
6851 level = input_line_pointer;
6852 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
6853 {
6854 input_line_pointer += 3;
6855 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
6856 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6857 }
6858 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
6859 {
6860 input_line_pointer += 3;
6861 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
6862 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6863 }
6864 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
6865 {
6866 input_line_pointer += 4;
6867 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
6868 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6869 }
6870 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
6871 {
6872 input_line_pointer += 3;
6873 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
6874 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6875 }
6876 else
6877 {
6878 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
6879 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6880 }
6881 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6882 }
6883
6884 /* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
6885
6886 static void
6887 pa_origin (unused)
6888 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6889 {
6890 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6891 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6892 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6893 #endif
6894
6895 s_org (0);
6896 pa_undefine_label ();
6897 }
6898
6899 /* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
6900 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
6901
6902 static void
6903 pa_param (unused)
6904 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6905 {
6906 char *name, c, *p;
6907 symbolS *symbol;
6908
6909 name = input_line_pointer;
6910 c = get_symbol_end ();
6911
6912 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6913 {
6914 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
6915 p = input_line_pointer;
6916 *p = c;
6917 input_line_pointer++;
6918 }
6919 else
6920 {
6921 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6922 p = input_line_pointer;
6923 *p = c;
6924 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6925 {
6926 input_line_pointer++;
6927 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6928 }
6929 }
6930
6931 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6932 }
6933
6934 /* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
6935 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
6936
6937 static void
6938 pa_proc (unused)
6939 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6940 {
6941 struct call_info *call_info;
6942
6943 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6944 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6945 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6946 #endif
6947
6948 if (within_procedure)
6949 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
6950
6951 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
6952 callinfo_found = FALSE;
6953 within_procedure = TRUE;
6954
6955 /* Create another call_info structure. */
6956 call_info = (struct call_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info));
6957
6958 if (!call_info)
6959 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
6960
6961 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
6962
6963 call_info->ci_next = NULL;
6964
6965 if (call_info_root == NULL)
6966 {
6967 call_info_root = call_info;
6968 last_call_info = call_info;
6969 }
6970 else
6971 {
6972 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
6973 last_call_info = call_info;
6974 }
6975
6976 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */
6977
6978 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
6979 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
6980 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
6981
6982 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
6983 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
6984 {
6985 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6986
6987 if (label_symbol)
6988 {
6989 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
6990 {
6991 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6992 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6993 }
6994 else
6995 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
6996 }
6997 else
6998 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
6999 }
7000
7001 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7002 }
7003
7004 /* Process the syntatical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
7005 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
7006
7007 static void
7008 pa_procend (unused)
7009 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7010 {
7011
7012 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7013 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7014 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7015 #endif
7016
7017 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
7018 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
7019 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
7020
7021 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
7022 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
7023 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
7024 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
7025 {
7026 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7027
7028 if (label_symbol)
7029 {
7030 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7031 {
7032 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7033 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
7034 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7035 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7036 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
7037 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
7038 if (within_entry_exit)
7039 {
7040 char *where = frag_more (0);
7041
7042 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
7043 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
7044 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0,
7045 (int *) &last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
7046 }
7047 #endif
7048 }
7049 else
7050 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7051 }
7052 else
7053 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
7054 }
7055
7056 if (!within_procedure)
7057 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
7058
7059 if (!callinfo_found)
7060 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
7061
7062 if (within_entry_exit)
7063 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
7064
7065 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
7066 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
7067 the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */
7068 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
7069 #endif
7070
7071 within_procedure = FALSE;
7072 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7073 pa_undefine_label ();
7074 }
7075
7076 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7077 /* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
7078 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
7079
7080 static int
7081 log2 (value)
7082 int value;
7083 {
7084 int shift = 0;
7085
7086 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
7087 shift++;
7088
7089 if (shift >= 32)
7090 return -1;
7091 else
7092 return shift;
7093 }
7094
7095 /* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
7096
7097 static void
7098 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ()
7099 {
7100 if (current_space == NULL)
7101 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
7102
7103 if (current_subspace == NULL)
7104 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
7105 }
7106
7107 /* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
7108 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
7109 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
7110
7111 static sd_chain_struct *
7112 pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, create_flag)
7113 char *space_name;
7114 int create_flag;
7115 {
7116 char *name, *ptemp, c;
7117 char loadable, defined, private, sort;
7118 int spnum;
7119 asection *seg = NULL;
7120 sd_chain_struct *space;
7121
7122 /* load default values */
7123 spnum = 0;
7124 sort = 0;
7125 loadable = TRUE;
7126 defined = TRUE;
7127 private = FALSE;
7128 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
7129 {
7130 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
7131 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
7132 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
7133 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
7134 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
7135 }
7136 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
7137 {
7138 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
7139 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
7140 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
7141 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
7142 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
7143 }
7144
7145 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7146 {
7147 print_errors = FALSE;
7148 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
7149 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
7150 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
7151 the line should be ignored. */
7152 strict = 0;
7153 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
7154 if (pa_number >= 0)
7155 {
7156 spnum = pa_number;
7157 input_line_pointer = ptemp;
7158 }
7159 else
7160 {
7161 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7162 {
7163 input_line_pointer++;
7164 name = input_line_pointer;
7165 c = get_symbol_end ();
7166 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
7167 {
7168 *input_line_pointer = c;
7169 input_line_pointer++;
7170 spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
7171 }
7172 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7173 {
7174 *input_line_pointer = c;
7175 input_line_pointer++;
7176 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7177 }
7178 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7179 {
7180 *input_line_pointer = c;
7181 loadable = FALSE;
7182 }
7183 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
7184 {
7185 *input_line_pointer = c;
7186 defined = FALSE;
7187 }
7188 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
7189 {
7190 *input_line_pointer = c;
7191 private = TRUE;
7192 }
7193 else
7194 {
7195 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
7196 *input_line_pointer = c;
7197 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7198 input_line_pointer++;
7199 }
7200 }
7201 }
7202 print_errors = TRUE;
7203 }
7204
7205 if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
7206 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
7207
7208 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
7209 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
7210 an already existing space -- this can only happen for
7211 the first occurence of a built-in space. */
7212 if (create_flag)
7213 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
7214 private, sort, seg, 1);
7215 else
7216 {
7217 space = is_defined_space (space_name);
7218 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
7219 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
7220 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
7221 }
7222
7223 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7224 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7225 #endif
7226
7227 return space;
7228 }
7229
7230 /* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
7231 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
7232
7233 static void
7234 pa_space (unused)
7235 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7236 {
7237 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
7238 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
7239
7240 if (within_procedure)
7241 {
7242 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7243 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7244 }
7245 else
7246 {
7247 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
7248 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
7249 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
7250 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
7251 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
7252 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
7253 {
7254 input_line_pointer += 6;
7255 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
7256 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7257 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
7258 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7259 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
7260
7261 current_space = sd_chain;
7262 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7263 current_subspace
7264 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
7265 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7266 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7267 return;
7268 }
7269 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
7270 {
7271 input_line_pointer += 9;
7272 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
7273 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7274 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
7275 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7276 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
7277
7278 current_space = sd_chain;
7279 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7280 current_subspace
7281 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
7282 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7283 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7284 return;
7285 }
7286 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
7287 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
7288 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
7289 {
7290 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7291 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7292 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7293 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
7294 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7295 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
7296
7297 current_space = sd_chain;
7298
7299 {
7300 asection *gdb_section
7301 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7302
7303 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7304 current_subspace
7305 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
7306 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7307 }
7308 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7309 return;
7310 }
7311
7312 /* It could be a space specified by number. */
7313 print_errors = 0;
7314 save_s = input_line_pointer;
7315 strict = 0;
7316 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
7317 if (pa_number >= 0)
7318 {
7319 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
7320 {
7321 current_space = sd_chain;
7322
7323 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7324 current_subspace
7325 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7326 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7327 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7328 return;
7329 }
7330 }
7331
7332 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
7333 print_errors = 1;
7334 input_line_pointer = save_s;
7335 name = input_line_pointer;
7336 c = get_symbol_end ();
7337 space_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7338 strcpy (space_name, name);
7339 *input_line_pointer = c;
7340
7341 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
7342 current_space = sd_chain;
7343
7344 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7345 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7346 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7347 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7348 }
7349 }
7350
7351 /* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
7352
7353 static void
7354 pa_spnum (unused)
7355 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7356 {
7357 char *name;
7358 char c;
7359 char *p;
7360 sd_chain_struct *space;
7361
7362 name = input_line_pointer;
7363 c = get_symbol_end ();
7364 space = is_defined_space (name);
7365 if (space)
7366 {
7367 p = frag_more (4);
7368 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
7369 }
7370 else
7371 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
7372
7373 *input_line_pointer = c;
7374 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7375 }
7376
7377 /* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
7378 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
7379
7380 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
7381 they're broken up into subroutines. */
7382
7383 static void
7384 pa_subspace (create_new)
7385 int create_new;
7386 {
7387 char *name, *ss_name, c;
7388 char loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
7389 int i, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
7390 sd_chain_struct *space;
7391 ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
7392 asection *section;
7393
7394 if (current_space == NULL)
7395 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
7396
7397 if (within_procedure)
7398 {
7399 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7400 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7401 }
7402 else
7403 {
7404 name = input_line_pointer;
7405 c = get_symbol_end ();
7406 ss_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7407 strcpy (ss_name, name);
7408 *input_line_pointer = c;
7409
7410 /* Load default values. */
7411 sort = 0;
7412 access = 0x7f;
7413 loadable = 1;
7414 common = 0;
7415 dup_common = 0;
7416 code_only = 0;
7417 zero = 0;
7418 space_index = ~0;
7419 alignment = 1;
7420 quadrant = 0;
7421
7422 space = current_space;
7423 if (create_new)
7424 ssd = NULL;
7425 else
7426 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
7427 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
7428 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
7429 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
7430 {
7431 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
7432 current_subspace = ssd;
7433 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7434 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
7435 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7436 return;
7437 }
7438 else
7439 {
7440 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
7441 the builtin subspaces. */
7442 i = 0;
7443 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7444 {
7445 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
7446 {
7447 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
7448 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
7449 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
7450 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
7451 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
7452 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
7453 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
7454 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
7455 access = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
7456 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
7457 break;
7458 }
7459 i++;
7460 }
7461 }
7462
7463 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
7464 any information as specified by the user. */
7465 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7466 {
7467 input_line_pointer++;
7468 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7469 {
7470 name = input_line_pointer;
7471 c = get_symbol_end ();
7472 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
7473 {
7474 *input_line_pointer = c;
7475 input_line_pointer++;
7476 quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
7477 }
7478 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
7479 {
7480 *input_line_pointer = c;
7481 input_line_pointer++;
7482 alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
7483 if (log2 (alignment) == -1)
7484 {
7485 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
7486 alignment = 1;
7487 }
7488 }
7489 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
7490 {
7491 *input_line_pointer = c;
7492 input_line_pointer++;
7493 access = get_absolute_expression ();
7494 }
7495 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7496 {
7497 *input_line_pointer = c;
7498 input_line_pointer++;
7499 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7500 }
7501 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
7502 {
7503 *input_line_pointer = c;
7504 code_only = 1;
7505 }
7506 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7507 {
7508 *input_line_pointer = c;
7509 loadable = 0;
7510 }
7511 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
7512 {
7513 *input_line_pointer = c;
7514 common = 1;
7515 }
7516 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
7517 {
7518 *input_line_pointer = c;
7519 dup_common = 1;
7520 }
7521 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
7522 {
7523 *input_line_pointer = c;
7524 zero = 1;
7525 }
7526 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
7527 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
7528 else
7529 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
7530 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7531 input_line_pointer++;
7532 }
7533 }
7534
7535 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
7536 in the .subspace directive. */
7537 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7538 flags = 0;
7539 if (loadable)
7540 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
7541 if (code_only)
7542 flags |= SEC_CODE;
7543 if (common || dup_common)
7544 flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
7545
7546 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7547
7548 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
7549 if (zero)
7550 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7551
7552 applicable &= flags;
7553
7554 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
7555 segment already associated with the subspace.
7556
7557 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
7558 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
7559 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
7560 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
7561 if (create_new)
7562 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
7563 else if (ssd)
7564 section = ssd->ssd_seg;
7565 else
7566 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
7567
7568 if (zero)
7569 seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
7570
7571 /* Now set the flags. */
7572 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
7573
7574 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */
7575 record_alignment (section, log2 (alignment));
7576
7577 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */
7578 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
7579 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
7580
7581 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
7582 or create a new one. */
7583 if (ssd)
7584
7585 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7586 code_only, common, dup_common,
7587 sort, zero, access, space_index,
7588 alignment, quadrant,
7589 section);
7590 else
7591 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7592 code_only, common,
7593 dup_common, zero, sort,
7594 access, space_index,
7595 alignment, quadrant, section);
7596
7597 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7598 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
7599 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
7600 }
7601 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
7602 }
7603
7604 /* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
7605
7606 static void
7607 pa_spaces_begin ()
7608 {
7609 int i;
7610
7611 space_dict_root = NULL;
7612 space_dict_last = NULL;
7613
7614 i = 0;
7615 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
7616 {
7617 char *name;
7618
7619 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
7620 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
7621
7622 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
7623 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
7624 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
7625 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
7626 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
7627 i++;
7628 }
7629
7630 i = 0;
7631 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7632 {
7633 char *name;
7634 int applicable, subsegment;
7635 asection *segment = NULL;
7636 sd_chain_struct *space;
7637
7638 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
7639 subsegment number. */
7640 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
7641 subsegment = 0;
7642
7643 /* Create the new section. */
7644 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
7645
7646 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
7647 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
7648 all the built-in subspaces. */
7649 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
7650 {
7651 text_section = segment;
7652 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7653 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7654 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7655 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
7656 | SEC_READONLY
7657 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7658 }
7659 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
7660 {
7661 data_section = segment;
7662 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7663 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7664 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7665 | SEC_RELOC
7666 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7667
7668 }
7669 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
7670 {
7671 bss_section = segment;
7672 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7673 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7674 applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
7675 }
7676 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
7677 {
7678 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7679 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7680 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7681 | SEC_RELOC
7682 | SEC_READONLY
7683 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7684 }
7685 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
7686 {
7687 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7688 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7689 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7690 | SEC_RELOC
7691 | SEC_READONLY
7692 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7693 }
7694 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
7695 {
7696 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7697 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7698 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7699 | SEC_RELOC
7700 | SEC_READONLY
7701 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7702 }
7703
7704 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
7705 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
7706 def_space_index].segment);
7707 if (space == NULL)
7708 {
7709 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
7710 pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
7711 }
7712
7713 create_new_subspace (space, name,
7714 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
7715 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
7716 pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
7717 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
7718 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
7719 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
7720 pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
7721 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
7722 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
7723 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
7724 segment);
7725 i++;
7726 }
7727 }
7728
7729 /* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7730 by the given parameters. */
7731
7732 static sd_chain_struct *
7733 create_new_space (name, spnum, loadable, defined, private,
7734 sort, seg, user_defined)
7735 char *name;
7736 int spnum;
7737 int loadable;
7738 int defined;
7739 int private;
7740 int sort;
7741 asection *seg;
7742 int user_defined;
7743 {
7744 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7745
7746 chain_entry = (sd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct));
7747 if (!chain_entry)
7748 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"),
7749 name);
7750
7751 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7752 strcpy (SPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7753 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
7754 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
7755 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
7756
7757 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
7758 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
7759 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
7760 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
7761
7762 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
7763 if (!space_dict_last)
7764 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7765
7766 if (space_dict_root == NULL)
7767 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7768 else
7769 {
7770 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7771 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7772
7773 chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7774 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7775
7776 while (chain_pointer)
7777 {
7778 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7779 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
7780 }
7781
7782 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
7783 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
7784 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7785 {
7786 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7787 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
7788 }
7789 else
7790 {
7791 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7792 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7793 }
7794
7795 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
7796 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7797 }
7798
7799 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
7800 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
7801 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
7802 the user modifies a predefined space. */
7803 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7804 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7805 #endif
7806
7807 return chain_entry;
7808 }
7809
7810 /* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7811 by the given parameters.
7812
7813 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
7814 order as defined by the SORT entries. */
7815
7816 static ssd_chain_struct *
7817 create_new_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, common,
7818 dup_common, is_zero, sort, access, space_index,
7819 alignment, quadrant, seg)
7820 sd_chain_struct *space;
7821 char *name;
7822 int loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, is_zero;
7823 int sort;
7824 int access;
7825 int space_index;
7826 int alignment;
7827 int quadrant;
7828 asection *seg;
7829 {
7830 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7831
7832 chain_entry = (ssd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct));
7833 if (!chain_entry)
7834 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name);
7835
7836 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7837 strcpy (SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7838
7839 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
7840 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
7841 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
7842
7843 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
7844 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
7845 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
7846
7847 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
7848 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
7849 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7850 else
7851 {
7852 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7853 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7854
7855 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
7856 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7857
7858 while (chain_pointer)
7859 {
7860 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7861 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
7862 }
7863
7864 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
7865 the links. */
7866 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7867 {
7868 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7869 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
7870 }
7871 else
7872 {
7873 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7874 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7875 }
7876 }
7877
7878 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7879 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access,
7880 sort, quadrant);
7881 #endif
7882
7883 return chain_entry;
7884 }
7885
7886 /* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
7887 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
7888
7889 static ssd_chain_struct *
7890 update_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, sort,
7891 zero, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, section)
7892 sd_chain_struct *space;
7893 char *name;
7894 int loadable;
7895 int code_only;
7896 int common;
7897 int dup_common;
7898 int zero;
7899 int sort;
7900 int access;
7901 int space_index;
7902 int alignment;
7903 int quadrant;
7904 asection *section;
7905 {
7906 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7907
7908 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
7909
7910 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7911 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access,
7912 sort, quadrant);
7913 #endif
7914
7915 return chain_entry;
7916 }
7917
7918 /* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
7919 NULL if no such space exists. */
7920
7921 static sd_chain_struct *
7922 is_defined_space (name)
7923 char *name;
7924 {
7925 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7926
7927 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7928 chain_pointer;
7929 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
7930 {
7931 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
7932 return chain_pointer;
7933 }
7934
7935 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
7936 return NULL;
7937 }
7938
7939 /* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
7940 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
7941
7942 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
7943 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
7944
7945 static sd_chain_struct *
7946 pa_segment_to_space (seg)
7947 asection *seg;
7948 {
7949 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7950
7951 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
7952 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7953 space_chain;
7954 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7955 {
7956 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
7957 return space_chain;
7958 }
7959
7960 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
7961 return NULL;
7962 }
7963
7964 /* Return the space chain entry for the subspace with the name NAME or
7965 NULL if no such subspace exists.
7966
7967 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
7968 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
7969 own subspace. */
7970
7971 static ssd_chain_struct *
7972 is_defined_subspace (name)
7973 char *name;
7974 {
7975 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7976 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
7977
7978 /* Walk through each space. */
7979 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7980 space_chain;
7981 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7982 {
7983 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
7984 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
7985 subspace_chain;
7986 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
7987 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
7988 return subspace_chain;
7989 }
7990
7991 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
7992 return NULL;
7993 }
7994
7995 /* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
7996 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
7997
7998 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
7999 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
8000 to become more efficient. */
8001
8002 static ssd_chain_struct *
8003 pa_subsegment_to_subspace (seg, subseg)
8004 asection *seg;
8005 subsegT subseg;
8006 {
8007 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8008 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8009
8010 /* Walk through each space. */
8011 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8012 space_chain;
8013 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8014 {
8015 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8016 {
8017 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
8018 the correct mapping. */
8019 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8020 subspace_chain;
8021 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8022 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
8023 return subspace_chain;
8024 }
8025 }
8026
8027 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
8028 return NULL;
8029 }
8030
8031 /* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
8032
8033 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
8034 that was found or NULL on failure. */
8035
8036 static sd_chain_struct *
8037 pa_find_space_by_number (number)
8038 int number;
8039 {
8040 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8041
8042 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8043 space_chain;
8044 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8045 {
8046 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
8047 return space_chain;
8048 }
8049
8050 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
8051 return NULL;
8052 }
8053
8054 /* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
8055 address is unknown then return zero. */
8056
8057 static unsigned int
8058 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant)
8059 sd_chain_struct *space;
8060 int quadrant;
8061 {
8062 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
8063 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
8064 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
8065 return 0x40000000;
8066 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
8067 return 0x40000000;
8068 else
8069 return 0;
8070 return 0;
8071 }
8072
8073 /* FIXME. Needs documentation. */
8074 static int
8075 pa_next_subseg (space)
8076 sd_chain_struct *space;
8077 {
8078
8079 space->sd_last_subseg++;
8080 return space->sd_last_subseg;
8081 }
8082 #endif
8083
8084 /* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
8085 a string. */
8086
8087 static unsigned int
8088 pa_stringer_aux (s)
8089 char *s;
8090 {
8091 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
8092
8093 switch (c)
8094 {
8095 case '\"':
8096 c = NOT_A_CHAR;
8097 break;
8098 default:
8099 break;
8100 }
8101 return c;
8102 }
8103
8104 /* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
8105
8106 static void
8107 pa_stringer (append_zero)
8108 int append_zero;
8109 {
8110 char *s, num_buf[4];
8111 unsigned int c;
8112 int i;
8113
8114 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
8115 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
8116 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
8117
8118 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8119 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8120 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8121 #endif
8122
8123 /* Skip the opening quote. */
8124 s = input_line_pointer + 1;
8125
8126 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
8127 {
8128 if (c == '\\')
8129 {
8130 c = *s;
8131 switch (c)
8132 {
8133 /* Handle \x<num>. */
8134 case 'x':
8135 {
8136 unsigned int number;
8137 int num_digit;
8138 char dg;
8139 char *s_start = s;
8140
8141 /* Get past the 'x'. */
8142 s++;
8143 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
8144 num_digit < 2
8145 && (isdigit (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8146 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
8147 num_digit++)
8148 {
8149 if (isdigit (dg))
8150 number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
8151 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8152 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
8153 else
8154 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
8155
8156 s++;
8157 dg = *s;
8158 }
8159 if (num_digit > 0)
8160 {
8161 switch (num_digit)
8162 {
8163 case 1:
8164 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
8165 break;
8166 case 2:
8167 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
8168 break;
8169 }
8170 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
8171 s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
8172 }
8173 break;
8174 }
8175 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
8176 default:
8177 s++;
8178 break;
8179 }
8180 }
8181 }
8182 stringer (append_zero);
8183 pa_undefine_label ();
8184 }
8185
8186 /* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
8187
8188 static void
8189 pa_version (unused)
8190 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8191 {
8192 obj_version (0);
8193 pa_undefine_label ();
8194 }
8195
8196 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8197
8198 /* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
8199
8200 static void
8201 pa_compiler (unused)
8202 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8203 {
8204 obj_som_compiler (0);
8205 pa_undefine_label ();
8206 }
8207
8208 #endif
8209
8210 /* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
8211
8212 static void
8213 pa_copyright (unused)
8214 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8215 {
8216 obj_copyright (0);
8217 pa_undefine_label ();
8218 }
8219
8220 /* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
8221 the latest space label. */
8222
8223 static void
8224 pa_cons (nbytes)
8225 int nbytes;
8226 {
8227 cons (nbytes);
8228 pa_undefine_label ();
8229 }
8230
8231 /* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
8232
8233 static void
8234 pa_float_cons (float_type)
8235 int float_type;
8236 {
8237 float_cons (float_type);
8238 pa_undefine_label ();
8239 }
8240
8241 /* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
8242
8243 static void
8244 pa_fill (unused)
8245 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8246 {
8247 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8248 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8249 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8250 #endif
8251
8252 s_fill (0);
8253 pa_undefine_label ();
8254 }
8255
8256 /* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
8257
8258 static void
8259 pa_lcomm (needs_align)
8260 int needs_align;
8261 {
8262 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8263 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8264 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8265 #endif
8266
8267 s_lcomm (needs_align);
8268 pa_undefine_label ();
8269 }
8270
8271 /* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
8272
8273 static void
8274 pa_lsym (unused)
8275 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8276 {
8277 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8278 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8279 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8280 #endif
8281
8282 s_lsym (0);
8283 pa_undefine_label ();
8284 }
8285
8286 /* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
8287 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
8288 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
8289
8290 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
8291 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
8292 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
8293 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
8294 with the address of "foo").
8295
8296 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
8297 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
8298 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
8299
8300 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
8301 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
8302 selectors).
8303
8304 Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
8305 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors.
8306
8307 FIXME. Also reject R_HPPA relocations which are 32bits wide in
8308 the code space. The SOM BFD backend doesn't know how to pull the
8309 right bits out of an instruction. */
8310
8311 int
8312 hppa_fix_adjustable (fixp)
8313 fixS *fixp;
8314 {
8315 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
8316
8317 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8318
8319 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8320 /* Reject reductions of symbols in 32bit relocs. */
8321 if (fixp->fx_r_type == R_HPPA && hppa_fix->fx_r_format == 32)
8322 return 0;
8323 #endif
8324
8325 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8326 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8327 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8328 return 0;
8329 #endif
8330
8331 if (fixp->fx_addsy && (S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixp->fx_addsy)
8332 || S_IS_WEAK (fixp->fx_addsy)))
8333 return 0;
8334
8335 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
8336 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
8337
8338 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
8339 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
8340 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
8341 if (fixp->fx_addsy
8342 && fixp->fx_subsy
8343 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
8344 {
8345 /* Apparently sy_used_in_reloc never gets set for sub symbols. */
8346 symbol_mark_used_in_reloc (fixp->fx_subsy);
8347 return 0;
8348 }
8349
8350 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
8351
8352 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
8353 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
8354 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
8355 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
8356 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
8357 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
8358 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
8359 sum to the right value.
8360
8361 eg. Suppose we have
8362 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
8363 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
8364 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
8365
8366 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
8367 reducing to the section symbol we get
8368 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
8369 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
8370 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
8371 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
8372 mutiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
8373
8374 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
8375 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
8376 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
8377 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
8378 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
8379
8380 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
8381 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
8382 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
8383 return 0;
8384
8385 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
8386 relocations with plabels. */
8387 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
8388 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
8389 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
8390 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
8391 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
8392 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
8393 return 0;
8394
8395 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
8396 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8397 return 0;
8398
8399 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
8400 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
8401 return 0;
8402
8403 return 1;
8404 }
8405
8406 /* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
8407 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
8408 within GAS. */
8409
8410 int
8411 hppa_force_relocation (fixp)
8412 struct fix *fixp;
8413 {
8414 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
8415
8416 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8417 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8418 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
8419 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
8420 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
8421 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
8422 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
8423 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
8424 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
8425 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
8426 return 1;
8427 #endif
8428 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8429 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8430 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8431 return 1;
8432 #endif
8433
8434 assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
8435
8436 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
8437 linking works. */
8438 if (S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixp->fx_addsy) || S_IS_WEAK (fixp->fx_addsy))
8439 return 1;
8440
8441 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
8442 entry if they're going to need either a argument relocation or long
8443 call stub. */
8444 if (fixp->fx_pcrel
8445 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
8446 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
8447 return 1;
8448
8449 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
8450 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
8451 {
8452 valueT distance;
8453
8454 distance = (fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy)
8455 - md_pcrel_from (fixp) - 8);
8456 if (distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
8457 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17 && distance + 262144 >= 524288)
8458 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8459 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12 && distance + 8192 >= 16384)
8460 #endif
8461 )
8462 return 1;
8463 }
8464
8465 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8466 return 1;
8467
8468 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
8469 return 0;
8470 }
8471
8472 /* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
8473 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8474 /* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
8475 the size of the function in hppa_elf_final_processing. */
8476
8477 static void
8478 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ()
8479 {
8480 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
8481 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
8482 char *name;
8483
8484 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
8485 {
8486 /* We have already warned about a missing label,
8487 or other problems. */
8488 return;
8489 }
8490
8491 name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_")
8492 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol))
8493 + 1);
8494 if (name)
8495 {
8496 symbolS *symbolP;
8497
8498 strcpy (name, "L$\001end_");
8499 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol));
8500
8501 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
8502 symbol will have already been defined. */
8503 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
8504 if (symbolP)
8505 {
8506 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can
8507 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
8508
8509 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
8510 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
8511 xfree (name);
8512 }
8513 else
8514 {
8515 /* symbol value should be the offset of the
8516 last instruction of the function */
8517 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
8518 frag_now);
8519
8520 assert (symbolP);
8521 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
8522 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
8523 }
8524
8525 if (symbolP)
8526 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
8527 else
8528 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
8529
8530 }
8531 else
8532 as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name."));
8533
8534 }
8535
8536 /* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
8537 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
8538 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
8539 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
8540
8541 void
8542 elf_hppa_final_processing ()
8543 {
8544 struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
8545
8546 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
8547 call_info_pointer;
8548 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
8549 {
8550 elf_symbol_type *esym
8551 = ((elf_symbol_type *)
8552 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
8553 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
8554 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
8555 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
8556 }
8557 }
8558
8559 void
8560 pa_end_of_source ()
8561 {
8562 if (debug_type == DEBUG_DWARF2)
8563 dwarf2_finish ();
8564 }
8565
8566 static void
8567 pa_vtable_entry (ignore)
8568 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8569 {
8570 struct fix *new_fix;
8571
8572 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0);
8573
8574 if (new_fix)
8575 {
8576 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8577 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8578 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8579 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8580 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8581 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8582 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8583 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8584 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
8585 }
8586 }
8587
8588 static void
8589 pa_vtable_inherit (ignore)
8590 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8591 {
8592 struct fix *new_fix;
8593
8594 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0);
8595
8596 if (new_fix)
8597 {
8598 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8599 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8600 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8601 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8602 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8603 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8604 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8605 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8606 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
8607 }
8608 }
8609 #endif
A mirror of the official binutils-gdb repository